SemaDecl.cpp revision ab27d6ea7b4ce2762a16905281de796db32bb6f2
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 42#include <algorithm> 43#include <cstring> 44#include <functional> 45using namespace clang; 46using namespace sema; 47 48Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 49 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 50} 51 52/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 53/// return the declaration of that type. 54/// 55/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 56/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 57/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 58/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 59/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 60/// 61/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 62/// and then return NULL. 63ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 64 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 65 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 66 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 67 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 68 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 69 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 70 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 71 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 72 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 73 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 74 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 75 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 76 77 if (!LookupCtx) { 78 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 79 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 80 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 81 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 82 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 83 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 84 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 85 // 86 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 87 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 88 if (!isClassName) 89 return ParsedType(); 90 91 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 92 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 93 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 94 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 95 96 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 97 QualType T = 98 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 99 II, NameLoc); 100 101 return ParsedType::make(T); 102 } 103 104 return ParsedType(); 105 } 106 107 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 108 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 109 return ParsedType(); 110 } 111 112 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 113 // lookup for class-names. 114 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 115 LookupOrdinaryName; 116 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 117 if (LookupCtx) { 118 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 119 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 120 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 121 // nested-name-specifier. 122 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 123 124 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 125 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 126 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 127 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 128 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 129 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 130 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 131 LookupName(Result, S); 132 } 133 } else { 134 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 135 LookupName(Result, S); 136 } 137 138 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 139 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 140 case LookupResult::NotFound: 141 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 142 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 143 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 144 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 145 return ParsedType(); 146 147 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 148 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 149 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 150 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 151 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 152 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 153 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 154 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 155 return ParsedType(); 156 } 157 158 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 159 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 160 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 161 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 162 if (!IIDecl || 163 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 164 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 165 IIDecl = *Res; 166 } 167 } 168 169 if (!IIDecl) { 170 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 171 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 172 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 173 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 174 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 175 // a type name. 176 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 177 return ParsedType(); 178 } 179 180 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 181 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 182 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 183 // perform the name lookup again. 184 break; 185 186 case LookupResult::Found: 187 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 188 break; 189 } 190 191 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 192 193 QualType T; 194 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 195 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 196 197 if (T.isNull()) 198 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 199 200 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 201 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 202 // Construct a type with type-source information. 203 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 204 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 205 206 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 207 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 208 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 209 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 210 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 211 } else { 212 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 213 } 214 } 215 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 216 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 217 if (!HasTrailingDot) 218 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 219 } 220 221 if (T.isNull()) { 222 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 223 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 224 return ParsedType(); 225 } 226 return ParsedType::make(T); 227} 228 229/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 230/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 231/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 232/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 233/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 234DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 235 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 236 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 237 LookupName(R, S, false); 238 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 239 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 240 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 241 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 242 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 243 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 244 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 245 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 246 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 247 } 248 } 249 250 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 251} 252 253/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 254/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 255/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 256/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 257/// @code 258/// template<class T> class A { 259/// public: 260/// typedef int TYPE; 261/// }; 262/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 263/// public: 264/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 265/// }; 266/// @endcode 267bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 268 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 269 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 270 271 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 272 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 273 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 274 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 275 return true; 276 } 277 return false; 278} 279 280bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 281 SourceLocation IILoc, 282 Scope *S, 283 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 284 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 285 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 286 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 287 288 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 289 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 290 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 291 NotForRedeclaration); 292 293 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 294 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 295 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 296 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 297 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 298 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 299 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 300 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 301 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 302 Result->getNameAsString()); 303 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 304 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 305 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 306 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 307 Result->getNameAsString()); 308 else 309 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 310 311 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 312 << Result->getDeclName(); 313 314 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 315 false, false, ParsedType(), 316 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 317 return true; 318 } 319 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 320 // We corrected to a keyword. 321 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 322 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 323 << &II << Corrected; 324 return true; 325 } 326 } 327 328 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 329 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 330 UnqualifiedId Name; 331 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 332 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 333 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 334 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 335 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 336 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 337 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 338 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 339 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 340 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 341 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 342 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 343 } 344 return true; 345 } 346 } 347 348 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 349 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 350 351 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 352 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 353 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 354 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 355 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 356 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 357 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 358 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS)) 359 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 360 361 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 362 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 363 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 364 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 365 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 366 } else { 367 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 368 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 369 } 370 371 return true; 372} 373 374/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 375/// or 376static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 377 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 378 NextToken.is(tok::less); 379 380 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 381 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 382 return true; 383 384 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 385 return true; 386 } 387 388 return false; 389} 390 391Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 392 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 393 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 394 SourceLocation NameLoc, 395 const Token &NextToken) { 396 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 397 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 398 399 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 400 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 401 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 402 403 } 404 405 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 406 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 407 408 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 409 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 410 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 411 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 412 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 413 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 414 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 415 return E; 416 417 // Synthesize ivars lazily. 418 if (getLangOptions().ObjCDefaultSynthProperties && 419 getLangOptions().ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 420 if (SynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Result, Name, NameLoc)) { 421 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = 422 canSynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Name)) { 423 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_synthesized_ivar_access) << Name; 424 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_property_declare); 425 } 426 427 // FIXME: This is strange. Shouldn't we just take the ivar returned 428 // from SynthesizeProvisionalIvar and continue with that? 429 E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 430 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 431 return E; 432 } 433 } 434 } 435 436 bool SecondTry = false; 437 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 438 439Corrected: 440 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 441 case LookupResult::NotFound: 442 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 443 // call. 444 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 445 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 446 // FIXME: Reference? 447 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 448 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 449 450 // C90 6.3.2.2: 451 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 452 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 453 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 454 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 455 // the function call, the declaration 456 // 457 // extern int identifier (); 458 // 459 // appeared. 460 // 461 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 462 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 463 Result.addDecl(D); 464 Result.resolveKind(); 465 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 466 } 467 } 468 469 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 470 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 471 // "struct", or "union". 472 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 473 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 474 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 475 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 476 const char *TagName = 0; 477 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 478 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 479 case TTK_Class: 480 TagName = "class"; 481 FixItTagName = "class "; 482 break; 483 484 case TTK_Enum: 485 TagName = "enum"; 486 FixItTagName = "enum "; 487 break; 488 489 case TTK_Struct: 490 TagName = "struct"; 491 FixItTagName = "struct "; 492 break; 493 494 case TTK_Union: 495 TagName = "union"; 496 FixItTagName = "union "; 497 break; 498 } 499 500 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 501 << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 502 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 503 break; 504 } 505 506 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 507 } 508 509 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 510 // close to this name. 511 if (!SecondTry) { 512 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result, S, &SS)) { 513 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 514 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 515 516 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Result.empty()? 0 : *Result.begin(); 517 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 518 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 519 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 520 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 521 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 522 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 523 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 524 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 525 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 526 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 527 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 528 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 529 } 530 531 if (SS.isEmpty()) 532 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 533 << Name << Corrected 534 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, Corrected.getAsString()); 535 else 536 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 537 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << Corrected 538 << SS.getRange() 539 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, Corrected.getAsString()); 540 541 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 542 Name = Corrected.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 543 544 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 545 if (Result.empty()) 546 return Corrected.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 547 548 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 549 << FirstDecl->getDeclName(); 550 551 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 552 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 553 // reference the ivar. 554 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 555 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 556 Result.clear(); 557 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 558 return move(E); 559 } 560 561 goto Corrected; 562 } 563 } 564 565 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 566 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 567 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 568 569 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 570 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 571 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 572 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 573 574 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 575 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 576 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 577 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 578 // qualified by the keyword typename. 579 // 580 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 581 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 582 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 583 // keyword here. 584 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 585 586 case LookupResult::Found: 587 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 588 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 589 break; 590 591 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 592 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 593 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 594 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 595 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 596 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 597 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 598 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 599 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 600 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 601 // ambiguous. 602 // 603 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 604 // so try again after filtering out template names. 605 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 606 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 607 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 608 break; 609 } 610 } 611 612 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 613 return NameClassification::Error(); 614 } 615 616 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 617 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 618 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 619 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 620 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 621 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 622 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 623 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 624 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 625 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 626 627 if (!Result.empty()) { 628 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 629 TemplateName Template; 630 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 631 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 632 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 633 Result.end()); 634 } else { 635 TemplateDecl *TD 636 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 637 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 638 639 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 640 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 641 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 642 TD); 643 else 644 Template = TemplateName(TD); 645 } 646 647 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 648 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 649 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 650 // to based on which function we selected. 651 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 652 653 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 654 } 655 656 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 657 } 658 } 659 660 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 661 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 662 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 663 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 664 return ParsedType::make(T); 665 } 666 667 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 668 if (!Class) { 669 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 670 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 671 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 672 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 673 } 674 675 if (Class) { 676 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 677 678 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 679 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 680 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 681 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 682 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 683 } 684 685 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 686 return ParsedType::make(T); 687 } 688 689 if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) 690 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, Result, 0); 691 692 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 693 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 694} 695 696// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 697// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 698// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 699DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 700 701 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 702 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 703 // the context we'll need to return to. 704 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 705 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 706 707 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 708 // lexical context. 709 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 710 return DC; 711 712 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 713 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 714 // class is the context we need to return to. 715 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 716 DC = RD; 717 718 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 719 // declared in. 720 return DC; 721 } 722 723 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 724 // of the class. 725 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 726 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 727 728 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 729} 730 731void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 732 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 733 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 734 CurContext = DC; 735 S->setEntity(DC); 736} 737 738void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 739 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 740 741 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 742 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 743} 744 745/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 746/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 747/// 748void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 749 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 750 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 751 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 752 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 753 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 754 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 755 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 756 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 757 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 758 // namespace. 759 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 760 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 761 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 762 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 763 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 764 765 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 766 767#ifndef NDEBUG 768 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 769 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 770 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 771#endif 772 773 CurContext = DC; 774 S->setEntity(DC); 775} 776 777void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 778 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 779 780 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 781 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 782 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 783 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 784 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 785 786 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 787 // disappear. 788} 789 790/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 791/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 792/// 793/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 794/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 795/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 796/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 797/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 798/// attribute. 799static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 800 ASTContext &Context) { 801 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 802 return true; 803 804 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 805 return true; 806 807 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 808 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 809} 810 811/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 812void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 813 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 814 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 815 // scope. 816 while (S->getEntity() && 817 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 818 S = S->getParent(); 819 820 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 821 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 822 // into any context. 823 if (AddToContext) 824 CurContext->addDecl(D); 825 826 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 827 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 828 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 829 D->isOutOfLine()) 830 return; 831 832 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 833 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 834 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 835 return; 836 837 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 838 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 839 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 840 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 841 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 842 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 843 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 844 845 // Should only need to replace one decl. 846 break; 847 } 848 } 849 850 S->AddDecl(D); 851 852 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 853 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 854 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 855 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 856 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 857 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 858 if (IDC == CurContext) { 859 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 860 continue; 861 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 862 break; 863 } 864 865 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 866 } else { 867 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 868 } 869} 870 871bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 872 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 873 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 874 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 875} 876 877Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 878 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 879 do { 880 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 881 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 882 return S; 883 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 884 885 return 0; 886} 887 888static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 889 DeclContext*, 890 ASTContext&); 891 892/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 893/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 894void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 895 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 896 bool ConsiderLinkage, 897 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 898 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 899 while (F.hasNext()) { 900 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 901 902 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 903 continue; 904 905 if (ConsiderLinkage && 906 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 907 continue; 908 909 F.erase(); 910 } 911 912 F.done(); 913} 914 915static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 916 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 917 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 918 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 919} 920 921/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 922static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 923 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 924 while (F.hasNext()) 925 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 926 F.erase(); 927 928 F.done(); 929} 930 931/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 932/// @code 933/// class S { 934/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 935/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 936/// }; 937/// @endcode 938static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 939 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 940 // the decl here. 941 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 942 return false; 943 944 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 945 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 946 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 947 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 948 return false; 949} 950 951bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 952 assert(D); 953 954 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 955 return false; 956 957 // Ignore class templates. 958 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 959 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 960 return false; 961 962 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 963 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 964 return false; 965 966 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 967 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 968 return false; 969 } else { 970 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 971 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 972 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 973 return false; 974 } 975 976 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 977 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 978 return false; 979 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 980 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 981 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 982 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 983 return false; 984 985 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 986 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 987 return false; 988 989 } else { 990 return false; 991 } 992 993 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 994 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 995 return false; 996 997 return true; 998} 999 1000void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1001 if (!D) 1002 return; 1003 1004 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1005 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1006 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1007 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1008 } 1009 1010 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1011 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1012 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1013 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1014 } 1015 1016 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1017 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1018 } 1019 1020static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1021 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1022 return false; 1023 1024 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1025 return false; 1026 1027 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1028 return true; 1029 1030 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1031 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1032 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1033 return false; 1034 1035 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1036 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1037 1038 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1039 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1040 1041 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1042 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1043 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1044 return false; 1045 } 1046 1047 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1048 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1049 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1050 return false; 1051 1052 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1053 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1054 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1055 return false; 1056 1057 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1058 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 1059 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 1060 // has no side effects. 1061 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1062 return false; 1063 } 1064 } 1065 1066 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1067 } 1068 1069 return true; 1070} 1071 1072/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1073/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1074void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1075 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1076 return; 1077 1078 unsigned DiagID; 1079 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1080 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1081 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1082 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1083 else 1084 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1085 1086 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName(); 1087} 1088 1089static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1090 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1091 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1092 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1093 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1094 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1095} 1096 1097void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1098 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1099 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1100 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1101 1102 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1103 I != E; ++I) { 1104 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1105 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1106 1107 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1108 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1109 1110 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1111 1112 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1113 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1114 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1115 1116 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1117 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1118 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1119 1120 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1121 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1122 } 1123} 1124 1125/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1126/// 1127/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1128/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1129/// to the fixed name. 1130/// 1131/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1132/// 1133/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1134/// if there is no class with the given name. 1135/// 1136/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1137/// class could not be found. 1138ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1139 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1140 bool TypoCorrection) { 1141 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1142 // creation from this context. 1143 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1144 1145 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 1146 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1147 // find an Objective-C class name. 1148 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1149 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 1150 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 1151 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1152 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1153 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1154 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1155 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1156 1157 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1158 } 1159 } 1160 1161 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1162} 1163 1164/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1165/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1166/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1167/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1168/// ill-formed in C++: 1169/// @code 1170/// struct S6 { 1171/// enum { BAR } e; 1172/// }; 1173/// 1174/// void test_S6() { 1175/// struct S6 a; 1176/// a.e = BAR; 1177/// } 1178/// @endcode 1179/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1180/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1181/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1182/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1183/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1184/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1185/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1186/// contain non-field names. 1187Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1188 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1189 (S->getEntity() && 1190 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1191 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 1192 S = S->getParent(); 1193 return S; 1194} 1195 1196/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1197/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1198/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1199/// built-in. 1200NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1201 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1202 SourceLocation Loc) { 1203 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1204 1205 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1206 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1207 switch (Error) { 1208 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1209 // Okay 1210 break; 1211 1212 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1213 if (ForRedeclaration) 1214 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1215 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1216 return 0; 1217 1218 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1219 if (ForRedeclaration) 1220 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1221 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1222 return 0; 1223 } 1224 1225 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1226 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1227 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1228 << R; 1229 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1230 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1231 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 1232 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1233 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1234 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1235 } 1236 1237 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1238 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1239 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1240 SC_Extern, 1241 SC_None, false, 1242 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1243 New->setImplicit(); 1244 1245 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1246 // FunctionDecl. 1247 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1248 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1249 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1250 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1251 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1252 SourceLocation(), 0, 1253 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1254 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1255 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1256 Params.push_back(parm); 1257 } 1258 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1259 } 1260 1261 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1262 1263 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1264 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1265 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1266 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1267 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1268 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1269 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1270 CurContext = SavedContext; 1271 return New; 1272} 1273 1274/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1275/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1276/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1277/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1278/// 1279void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1280 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1281 // merging checks. 1282 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1283 1284 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1285 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1286 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 1287 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1288 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1289 default: break; 1290 case 2: 1291 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1292 break; 1293 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1294 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1295 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1296 return; 1297 case 5: 1298 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1299 break; 1300 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1301 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1302 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1303 return; 1304 case 3: 1305 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1306 break; 1307 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1308 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1309 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1310 return; 1311 case 8: 1312 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 1313 break; 1314 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1315 return; 1316 } 1317 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1318 } 1319 1320 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1321 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1322 if (!Old) { 1323 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1324 << New->getDeclName(); 1325 1326 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1327 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1328 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1329 1330 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1331 } 1332 1333 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1334 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1335 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1336 1337 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 1338 QualType OldType; 1339 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1340 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1341 else 1342 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1343 1344 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1345 // with any extensions enabled. 1346 1347 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 1348 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 1349 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 1350 int Kind = 0; 1351 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old)) 1352 Kind = 1; 1353 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1354 << Kind << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 1355 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1356 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1357 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1358 } 1359 1360 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1361 // declaration was a typedef. 1362 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 1363 // spellings don't match exactly. 1364 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1365 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1366 1367 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1368 return; 1369 1370 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1371 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1372 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1373 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1374 // to the type to which it already refers. 1375 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1376 return; 1377 1378 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1379 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1380 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1381 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1382 // 1383 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1384 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1385 // 1386 // struct S { 1387 // typedef struct A { } A; 1388 // }; 1389 // 1390 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1391 // allow the above but disallow 1392 // 1393 // struct S { 1394 // typedef int I; 1395 // typedef int I; 1396 // }; 1397 // 1398 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1399 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1400 return; 1401 1402 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1403 << New->getDeclName(); 1404 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1405 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1406 } 1407 1408 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1409 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1410 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1411 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1412 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1413 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1414 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1415 return; 1416 1417 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1418 << New->getDeclName(); 1419 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1420 return; 1421} 1422 1423/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1424/// attribute. 1425static bool 1426DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1427 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1428 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1429 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1430 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1431 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1432 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1433 return true; 1434 } 1435 1436 return false; 1437} 1438 1439/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1440static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1441 ASTContext &C) { 1442 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1443 return; 1444 1445 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1446 1447 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1448 // we process them. 1449 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1450 1451 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1452 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1453 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1454 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1455 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1456 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1457 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1458 foundAny = true; 1459 } 1460 } 1461 1462 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1463} 1464 1465/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1466/// to the new one. 1467static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1468 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1469 ASTContext &C) { 1470 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1471 return; 1472 1473 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1474 1475 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1476 // done before we process them. 1477 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1478 1479 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1480 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1481 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1482 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1483 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1484 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1485 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1486 foundAny = true; 1487 } 1488 } 1489 1490 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1491} 1492 1493namespace { 1494 1495/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1496/// C. 1497struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1498 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1499 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1500 QualType PromotedType; 1501}; 1502 1503} 1504 1505/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1506Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1507 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1508 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1509 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1510 1511 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1512 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1513 1514 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1515 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1516 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1517 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1518 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1519 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1520 } 1521 1522 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1523} 1524 1525/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1526/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1527/// GNU89 mode. 1528static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1529 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1530 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1531 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1532 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1533 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1534} 1535 1536/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1537/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1538/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1539/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1540/// 1541/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1542/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1543/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1544/// merged with. 1545/// 1546/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1547bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1548 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1549 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1550 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1551 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1552 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1553 else 1554 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1555 if (!Old) { 1556 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1557 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1558 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1559 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1560 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1561 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1562 return true; 1563 } 1564 1565 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1566 << New->getDeclName(); 1567 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1568 return true; 1569 } 1570 1571 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1572 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1573 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1574 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1575 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1576 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1577 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1578 else 1579 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1580 1581 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1582 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1583 1584 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1585 // is an extern inline function. 1586 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1587 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1588 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1589 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1590 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 1591 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1592 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1593 } else { 1594 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1595 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1596 return true; 1597 } 1598 } 1599 1600 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1601 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1602 // calling convention of the first. 1603 // 1604 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1605 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1606 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1607 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1608 // because it is the default calling convention. 1609 // 1610 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1611 // other tests to run. 1612 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1613 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1614 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1615 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1616 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1617 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1618 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1619 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1620 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1621 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1622 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1623 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1624 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1625 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1626 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1627 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1628 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1629 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1630 return true; 1631 } 1632 1633 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1634 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1635 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1636 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1637 } 1638 1639 // Merge regparm attribute. 1640 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1641 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1642 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1643 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1644 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1645 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1646 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1647 return true; 1648 } 1649 1650 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1651 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1652 } 1653 1654 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1655 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1656 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1657 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1658 } 1659 1660 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1661 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1662 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1663 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1664 // cannot be overloaded. 1665 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1666 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1667 QualType ResQT; 1668 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1669 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1670 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1671 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1672 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1673 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1674 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1675 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1676 else 1677 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1678 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1679 return true; 1680 } 1681 else 1682 NewQType = ResQT; 1683 } 1684 1685 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1686 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1687 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1688 // Preserve triviality. 1689 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1690 1691 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1692 1693 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1694 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1695 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1696 // is a static member function declaration. 1697 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1698 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1699 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1700 return true; 1701 } 1702 1703 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1704 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1705 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1706 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1707 unsigned NewDiag; 1708 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1709 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1710 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1711 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1712 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1713 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1714 else 1715 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1716 1717 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1718 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1719 1720 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1721 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1722 // 1723 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1724 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1725 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1726 if (isFriend) { 1727 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1728 } else { 1729 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1730 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1731 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1732 return true; 1733 } 1734 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) { 1735 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1736 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 1737 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1738 return true; 1739 } 1740 } 1741 1742 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1743 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1744 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1745 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1746 1747 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1748 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1749 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1750 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1751 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1752 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1753 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1754 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1755 } 1756 1757 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1758 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1759 1760 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1761 } 1762 1763 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1764 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1765 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1766 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1767 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1768 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1769 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1770 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1771 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1772 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1773 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1774 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1775 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1776 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1777 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1778 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1779 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1780 New->setType(NewQType); 1781 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1782 1783 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1784 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1785 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1786 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1787 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1788 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1789 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1790 SourceLocation(), 1791 SourceLocation(), 0, 1792 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1793 SC_None, SC_None, 1794 0); 1795 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 1796 Param->setImplicit(); 1797 Params.push_back(Param); 1798 } 1799 1800 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1801 } 1802 1803 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1804 } 1805 1806 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1807 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1808 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1809 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1810 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1811 // the prototype. 1812 // 1813 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1814 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1815 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1816 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1817 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1818 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1819 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1820 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1821 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1822 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1823 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1824 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1825 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1826 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1827 1828 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1829 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1830 NewProto->getResultType()); 1831 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1832 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1833 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1834 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1835 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1836 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1837 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1838 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1839 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1840 NewParm->getType(), 1841 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1842 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1843 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1844 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1845 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1846 } else 1847 LooseCompatible = false; 1848 } 1849 1850 if (LooseCompatible) { 1851 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1852 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1853 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1854 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1855 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1856 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1857 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1858 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1859 } 1860 1861 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1862 ArgTypes.size(), 1863 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1864 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1865 } 1866 1867 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1868 } 1869 1870 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1871 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1872 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1873 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1874 // signature. 1875 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1876 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1877 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1878 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1879 // library built-in. 1880 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1881 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1882 << Old << Old->getType(); 1883 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1884 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1885 return false; 1886 } 1887 1888 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1889 } 1890 1891 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1892 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1893 return true; 1894} 1895 1896/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1897/// known to be compatible. 1898/// 1899/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1900/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1901/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1902/// redeclaration of Old. 1903/// 1904/// \returns false 1905bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1906 // Merge the attributes 1907 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1908 1909 // Merge the storage class. 1910 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1911 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1912 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1913 1914 // Merge "pure" flag. 1915 if (Old->isPure()) 1916 New->setPure(); 1917 1918 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 1919 // declarations. 1920 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 1921 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 1922 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 1923 Context); 1924 1925 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1926 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1927 1928 return false; 1929} 1930 1931 1932void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 1933 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 1934 // Merge the attributes. 1935 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context); 1936 1937 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 1938 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 1939 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 1940 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 1941 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 1942 1943 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 1944} 1945 1946/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 1947/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 1948/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1949/// 1950/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 1951/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 1952/// check them before the initializer is attached. 1953/// 1954void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 1955 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1956 return; 1957 1958 QualType MergedT; 1959 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1960 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 1961 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 1962 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 1963 return; 1964 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 1965 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 1966 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 1967 } 1968 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1969 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1970 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1971 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1972 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1973 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1974 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1975 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1976 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1977 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1978 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1979 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1980 MergedT = New->getType(); 1981 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1982 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1983 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1984 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1985 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1986 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1987 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1988 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1989 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1990 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1991 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 1992 Old->getType()); 1993 } 1994 } else { 1995 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1996 } 1997 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1998 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1999 << New->getDeclName(); 2000 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2001 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2002 } 2003 New->setType(MergedT); 2004} 2005 2006/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2007/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2008/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2009/// 2010/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2011/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2012/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2013/// 2014void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2015 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2016 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2017 return; 2018 2019 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2020 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2021 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2022 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2023 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2024 << New->getDeclName(); 2025 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2026 diag::note_previous_definition); 2027 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2028 } 2029 2030 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2031 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2032 // 2033 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2034 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2035 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2036 << New->getIdentifier(); 2037 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2038 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2039 } 2040 2041 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 2042 // weak_import on current declaration is applied to previous 2043 // tentative definiton. 2044 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2045 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2046 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) 2047 Old->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakImportAttr(SourceLocation(), Context)); 2048 2049 // Merge the types. 2050 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2051 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2052 return; 2053 2054 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2055 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2056 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2057 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2058 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2059 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2060 } 2061 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2062 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2063 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2064 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2065 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2066 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2067 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2068 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2069 // identifier has external linkage. 2070 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2071 /* Okay */; 2072 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2073 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2074 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2075 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2076 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2077 } 2078 2079 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2080 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2081 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2082 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2083 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2084 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2085 } 2086 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2087 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2088 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2089 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2090 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2091 } 2092 2093 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2094 2095 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2096 // need to check for mismatches. 2097 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2098 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2099 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2100 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2101 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2102 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2103 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2104 } 2105 2106 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2107 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2108 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2109 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2110 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2111 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2112 } 2113 2114 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2115 const VarDecl *Def; 2116 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2117 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2118 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2119 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2120 << New->getDeclName(); 2121 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2122 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2123 return; 2124 } 2125 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2126 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2127 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2128 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2129 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2130 // specified at the prior declaration. 2131 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2132 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2133 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2134 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2135 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2136 2137 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2138 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2139 2140 // Inherit access appropriately. 2141 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2142} 2143 2144/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2145/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2146Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2147 DeclSpec &DS) { 2148 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, 2149 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2150} 2151 2152/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2153/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2154/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2155Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2156 DeclSpec &DS, 2157 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2158 Decl *TagD = 0; 2159 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2160 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2161 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2162 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2163 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2164 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2165 2166 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2167 return 0; 2168 2169 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2170 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2171 // it's a Type. 2172 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2173 } 2174 2175 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2176 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2177 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2178 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2179 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2180 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2181 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2182 } 2183 2184 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2185 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2186 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2187 if (TagD && !Tag) 2188 return 0; 2189 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2190 } 2191 2192 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2193 // declarators. 2194 bool emittedWarning = false; 2195 2196 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2197 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 2198 2199 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 2200 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2201 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 2202 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2203 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2204 2205 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2206 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2207 emittedWarning = true; 2208 } 2209 } 2210 2211 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2212 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2213 CurContext->isRecord() && 2214 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2215 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2216 // struct STRUCT; 2217 // and 2218 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2219 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2220 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 2221 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2222 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2223 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2224 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2225 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2226 } 2227 } 2228 2229 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2230 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2231 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2232 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2233 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2234 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2235 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2236 emittedWarning = true; 2237 } 2238 2239 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2240 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2241 2242 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2243 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2244 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2245 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2246 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2247 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2248 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2249 return Tag; 2250 } 2251 2252 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2253 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2254 emittedWarning = true; 2255 } 2256 2257 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2258 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2259 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2260 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2261 return TagD; 2262 2263 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2264 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2265 // useless. 2266 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2267 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2268 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2269 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2270 2271 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2272 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2273 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2274 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2275 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2276 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2277 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2278 // Restrict is covered above. 2279 } 2280 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2281 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2282 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2283 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2284 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2285 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2286 2287 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 2288 2289 return TagD; 2290} 2291 2292/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 2293/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 2294StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 2295 StmtResult R; 2296 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 2297 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2298 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 2299 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 2300 do 2301 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2302 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 2303 } 2304 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 2305 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 2306 } 2307 } 2308 return R; 2309} 2310 2311/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2312/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2313/// 2314/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2315static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2316 Scope *S, 2317 DeclContext *Owner, 2318 DeclarationName Name, 2319 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2320 unsigned diagnostic) { 2321 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2322 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2323 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2324 2325 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2326 return false; 2327 2328 // Pick a representative declaration. 2329 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2330 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2331 2332 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2333 return false; 2334 2335 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2336 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2337 2338 return true; 2339} 2340 2341/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2342/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2343/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2344/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2345/// struct, e.g., 2346/// 2347/// @code 2348/// union { 2349/// int i; 2350/// float f; 2351/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2352/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2353/// @endcode 2354/// 2355/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2356/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2357static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2358 DeclContext *Owner, 2359 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2360 AccessSpecifier AS, 2361 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2362 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2363 unsigned diagKind 2364 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2365 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2366 2367 bool Invalid = false; 2368 2369 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2370 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2371 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2372 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2373 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2374 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2375 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2376 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2377 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2378 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2379 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2380 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2381 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2382 Invalid = true; 2383 } else { 2384 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2385 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2386 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2387 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2388 // anonymous union is declared. 2389 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2390 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2391 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2392 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2393 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2394 else 2395 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2396 2397 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2398 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2399 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2400 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2401 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2402 2403 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2404 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2405 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2406 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2407 2408 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2409 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2410 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2411 2412 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2413 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2414 2415 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2416 } 2417 } 2418 } 2419 2420 return Invalid; 2421} 2422 2423/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2424/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2425/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2426static StorageClass 2427StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2428 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2429 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2430 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2431 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2432 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2433 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2434 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2435 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2436 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2437 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2438 } 2439 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2440} 2441 2442/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2443/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2444/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2445static StorageClass 2446StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2447 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2448 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2449 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2450 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2451 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2452 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2453 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2454 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2455 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2456 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2457 } 2458 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2459} 2460 2461/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2462/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2463/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2464/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2465Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2466 AccessSpecifier AS, 2467 RecordDecl *Record) { 2468 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2469 2470 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2471 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2472 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2473 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2474 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2475 2476 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2477 // structs/unions. 2478 bool Invalid = false; 2479 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2480 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2481 unsigned DiagID; 2482 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2483 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2484 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2485 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2486 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2487 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2488 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2489 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 2490 Invalid = true; 2491 2492 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2493 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2494 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2495 } 2496 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2497 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2498 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2499 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2500 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2501 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2502 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 2503 Invalid = true; 2504 2505 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2506 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 2507 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2508 } 2509 2510 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2511 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2512 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2513 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2514 << Record->isUnion() << 0 2515 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 2516 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2517 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2518 << Record->isUnion() << 1 2519 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 2520 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2521 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2522 << Record->isUnion() << 2 2523 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 2524 2525 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 2526 } 2527 2528 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2529 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2530 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2531 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2532 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2533 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2534 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2535 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2536 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2537 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2538 // members (clause 11). 2539 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2540 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2541 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2542 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2543 Invalid = true; 2544 } 2545 2546 // C++ [class.union]p1 2547 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 2548 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 2549 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 2550 // array of such objects. 2551 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2552 Invalid = true; 2553 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2554 // Any implicit members are fine. 2555 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2556 // This is a type that showed up in an 2557 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2558 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2559 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2560 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2561 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2562 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2563 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2564 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2565 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2566 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2567 else { 2568 // This is a nested type declaration. 2569 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2570 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2571 Invalid = true; 2572 } 2573 } 2574 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2575 // Any access specifier is fine. 2576 } else { 2577 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2578 // member. Complain about it. 2579 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2580 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2581 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2582 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2583 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2584 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2585 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2586 2587 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2588 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2589 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2590 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2591 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2592 else { 2593 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2594 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2595 Invalid = true; 2596 } 2597 } 2598 } 2599 } 2600 2601 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2602 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2603 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2604 Invalid = true; 2605 } 2606 2607 // Mock up a declarator. 2608 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2609 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2610 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2611 2612 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2613 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2614 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2615 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2616 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2617 Record->getLocation(), 2618 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2619 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2620 TInfo, 2621 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2622 /*HasInit=*/false); 2623 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2624 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2625 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2626 } else { 2627 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2628 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2629 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2630 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2631 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2632 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2633 // an error here 2634 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2635 Invalid = true; 2636 SC = SC_None; 2637 } 2638 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2639 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2640 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2641 2642 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2643 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2644 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2645 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2646 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2647 } 2648 Anon->setImplicit(); 2649 2650 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2651 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2652 // its members. 2653 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2654 2655 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2656 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2657 // purposes. 2658 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2659 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2660 2661 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2662 Chain, false)) 2663 Invalid = true; 2664 2665 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2666 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2667 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2668 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2669 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2670 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2671 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2672 2673 if (Invalid) 2674 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2675 2676 return Anon; 2677} 2678 2679/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2680/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2681/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2682/// Example: 2683/// 2684/// struct A { int a; }; 2685/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2686/// 2687/// void foo() { 2688/// B var; 2689/// var.a = 3; 2690/// } 2691/// 2692Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2693 RecordDecl *Record) { 2694 2695 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2696 if (!Record) 2697 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2698 2699 // Mock up a declarator. 2700 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2701 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2702 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2703 2704 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2705 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2706 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2707 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2708 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2709 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2710 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2711 TInfo, 2712 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2713 /*HasInit=*/false); 2714 Anon->setImplicit(); 2715 2716 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2717 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2718 2719 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2720 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2721 // purposes. 2722 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2723 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2724 2725 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2726 Record->getDefinition(), 2727 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2728 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2729 2730 return Anon; 2731} 2732 2733/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2734/// given Declarator. 2735DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2736 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2737} 2738 2739/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2740DeclarationNameInfo 2741Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2742 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2743 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2744 2745 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2746 2747 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2748 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2749 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2750 return NameInfo; 2751 2752 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2753 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2754 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2755 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2756 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2757 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2758 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2759 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2760 return NameInfo; 2761 2762 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2763 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2764 Name.Identifier)); 2765 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2766 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2767 return NameInfo; 2768 2769 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2770 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2771 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2772 if (Ty.isNull()) 2773 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2774 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2775 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2776 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2777 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2778 return NameInfo; 2779 } 2780 2781 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2782 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2783 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2784 if (Ty.isNull()) 2785 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2786 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2787 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2788 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2789 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2790 return NameInfo; 2791 } 2792 2793 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2794 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2795 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2796 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2797 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2798 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2799 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2800 2801 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2802 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2803 2804 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2805 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2806 // was qualified. 2807 2808 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2809 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2810 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2811 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2812 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2813 return NameInfo; 2814 } 2815 2816 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2817 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2818 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2819 if (Ty.isNull()) 2820 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2821 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2822 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2823 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2824 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2825 return NameInfo; 2826 } 2827 2828 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2829 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2830 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2831 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2832 } 2833 2834 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2835 2836 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2837 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2838} 2839 2840/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2841/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2842/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2843/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2844/// the class or namespace. 2845static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2846 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2847 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2848 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2849 return false; 2850 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2851 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2852 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2853 2854 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2855 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2856 return false; 2857 } 2858 2859 return true; 2860} 2861 2862/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2863/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2864/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2865/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2866/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2867static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2868 DeclarationName Name) { 2869 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2870 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2871 // - types which will become injected class names 2872 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2873 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2874 // few cases here. 2875 2876 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2877 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2878 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2879 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2880 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 2881 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: { 2882 // Grab the type from the parser. 2883 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2884 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2885 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2886 2887 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2888 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2889 // attached already. 2890 if (!TSI) 2891 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2892 2893 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2894 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2895 if (!TSI) return true; 2896 2897 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2898 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2899 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2900 break; 2901 } 2902 2903 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2904 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2905 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2906 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2907 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2908 break; 2909 } 2910 2911 default: 2912 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2913 break; 2914 } 2915 2916 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2917 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2918 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2919 2920 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2921 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2922 // pointer. 2923 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2924 continue; 2925 2926 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2927 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2928 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2929 return true; 2930 } 2931 2932 return false; 2933} 2934 2935Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2936 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2937 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 2938 IsFunctionDefinition); 2939} 2940 2941/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 2942/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2943/// name different from T: 2944/// - every static data member of class T; 2945/// - every member function of class T 2946/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2947/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 2948bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 2949 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 2950 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2951 2952 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2953 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2954 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 2955 return true; 2956 } 2957 2958 return false; 2959} 2960 2961Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2962 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2963 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2964 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2965 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2966 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2967 2968 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2969 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2970 if (!Name) { 2971 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2972 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2973 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2974 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2975 return 0; 2976 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2977 return 0; 2978 2979 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2980 // we find one that is. 2981 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2982 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2983 S = S->getParent(); 2984 2985 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2986 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2987 D.setInvalidType(); 2988 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2989 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2990 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 2991 return 0; 2992 2993 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2994 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2995 if (!DC) { 2996 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2997 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2998 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2999 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3000 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3001 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3002 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3003 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3004 return 0; 3005 } 3006 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3007 3008 if (!IsDependentContext && 3009 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3010 return 0; 3011 3012 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3013 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3014 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3015 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3016 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3017 D.setInvalidType(); 3018 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 3019 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3020 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 3021 // definition: 3022 // 3023 // class X { 3024 // void X::f(); 3025 // }; 3026 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 3027 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3028 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 3029 else 3030 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 3031 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3032 3033 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 3034 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 3035 } 3036 } 3037 3038 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3039 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3040 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3041 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3042 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3043 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3044 D.setInvalidType(); 3045 } 3046 } 3047 3048 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3049 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3050 // Just return early; it's safer. 3051 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3052 return 0; 3053 3054 NamedDecl *New; 3055 3056 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3057 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3058 3059 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3060 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3061 D.setInvalidType(); 3062 3063 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3064 ForRedeclaration); 3065 3066 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3067 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3068 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3069 3070 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3071 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3072 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3073 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3074 /* Do nothing*/; 3075 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3076 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3077 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3078 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3079 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3080 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3081 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3082 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3083 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3084 3085 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3086 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3087 3088 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3089 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3090 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3091 3092 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 3093 // out-of-line members. 3094 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3095 3096 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 3097 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 3098 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 3099 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 3100 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 3101 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 3102 // declarations namespace. 3103 // 3104 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 3105 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 3106 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 3107 // 3108 // class X { 3109 // void f(); 3110 // void f(float); 3111 // }; 3112 // 3113 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3114 // 3115 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 3116 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3117 // matches. 3118 3119 // First check whether we named the global scope. 3120 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 3121 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3122 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3123 } else { 3124 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3125 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3126 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3127 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3128 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 3129 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 3130 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 3131 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3132 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3133 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 3134 else 3135 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3136 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 3137 D.setInvalidType(); 3138 } 3139 } 3140 } 3141 3142 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3143 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3144 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3145 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3146 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3147 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 3148 D.setInvalidType(); 3149 3150 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3151 Previous.clear(); 3152 } 3153 3154 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3155 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3156 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3157 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3158 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3159 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3160 Previous.clear(); 3161 3162 bool Redeclaration = false; 3163 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3164 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3165 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3166 return 0; 3167 } 3168 3169 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 3170 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3171 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3172 move(TemplateParamLists), 3173 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 3174 } else { 3175 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3176 move(TemplateParamLists), 3177 Redeclaration); 3178 } 3179 3180 if (New == 0) 3181 return 0; 3182 3183 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3184 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3185 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3186 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3187 3188 return New; 3189} 3190 3191/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3192/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3193/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3194static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3195 ASTContext &Context, 3196 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3197 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3198 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3199 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3200 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3201 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3202 SizeIsNegative = false; 3203 Oversized = 0; 3204 3205 if (T->isDependentType()) 3206 return QualType(); 3207 3208 QualifierCollector Qs; 3209 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3210 3211 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3212 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3213 QualType FixedType = 3214 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3215 Oversized); 3216 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3217 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3218 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3219 } 3220 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3221 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3222 QualType FixedType = 3223 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3224 Oversized); 3225 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3226 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3227 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3228 } 3229 3230 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3231 if (!VLATy) 3232 return QualType(); 3233 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3234 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3235 return QualType(); 3236 3237 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 3238 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3239 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 3240 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 3241 return QualType(); 3242 3243 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3244 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 3245 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3246 SizeIsNegative = true; 3247 return QualType(); 3248 } 3249 3250 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3251 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3252 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3253 Res); 3254 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3255 Oversized = Res; 3256 return QualType(); 3257 } 3258 3259 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3260 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3261} 3262 3263/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3264/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3265void 3266Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3267 const LookupResult &Previous, 3268 Scope *S) { 3269 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3270 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3271 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3272 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3273 3274 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3275 return; 3276 3277 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3278 3279 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3280 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3281 // declaration. 3282 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3283 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3284 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3285 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3286 S = S->getParent(); 3287 3288 if (S) 3289 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3290 } 3291} 3292 3293/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3294/// does not identify a function. 3295void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3296 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3297 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3298 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3299 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3300 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3301 3302 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3303 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3304 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3305 3306 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3307 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3308 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3309} 3310 3311NamedDecl* 3312Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3313 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3314 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3315 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3316 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3317 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3318 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3319 D.setInvalidType(); 3320 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3321 DC = CurContext; 3322 Previous.clear(); 3323 } 3324 3325 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3326 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3327 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3328 } 3329 3330 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3331 3332 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3333 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3334 3335 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3336 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3337 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3338 return 0; 3339 } 3340 3341 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 3342 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3343 3344 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3345 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3346 3347 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3348 3349 return ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3350} 3351 3352void 3353Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3354 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3355 // then it shall have block scope. 3356 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3357 // that redeclarations will match. 3358 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3359 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3360 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3361 3362 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3363 bool SizeIsNegative; 3364 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3365 QualType FixedTy = 3366 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3367 Oversized); 3368 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3369 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3370 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3371 } else { 3372 if (SizeIsNegative) 3373 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3374 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3375 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3376 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3377 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) << Oversized.toString(10); 3378 else 3379 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3380 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3381 } 3382 } 3383 } 3384} 3385 3386 3387/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3388/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3389/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3390NamedDecl* 3391Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3392 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3393 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3394 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3395 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3396 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3397 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3398 Redeclaration = true; 3399 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3400 } 3401 3402 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3403 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3404 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3405 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3406 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3407 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3408 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3409 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3410 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3411 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3412 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3413 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3414 } 3415 3416 return NewTD; 3417} 3418 3419/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3420/// previous declaration. 3421/// 3422/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3423/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3424/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3425/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3426/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3427/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3428/// 3429/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3430/// lookup 3431/// 3432/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3433/// declared. 3434/// 3435/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3436/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3437static bool 3438isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3439 ASTContext &Context) { 3440 if (!PrevDecl) 3441 return false; 3442 3443 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3444 return false; 3445 3446 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3447 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3448 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3449 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3450 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3451 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3452 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3453 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3454 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3455 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3456 return false; 3457 3458 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3459 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3460 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3461 return false; 3462 3463 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3464 // previous declarations. 3465 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3466 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3467 3468 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3469 // isn't the same function. 3470 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3471 return false; 3472 } 3473 3474 return true; 3475} 3476 3477static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3478 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3479 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3480 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3481} 3482 3483bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 3484 QualType type = decl->getType(); 3485 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 3486 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 3487 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 3488 unsigned kind = -1U; 3489 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3490 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3491 kind = 0; // __block 3492 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 3493 kind = 1; // global 3494 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 3495 kind = 3; // ivar 3496 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 3497 kind = 2; // field 3498 } 3499 3500 if (kind != -1U) { 3501 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 3502 << kind; 3503 } 3504 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 3505 // Try to infer lifetime. 3506 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3507 return false; 3508 3509 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 3510 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 3511 decl->setType(type); 3512 } 3513 3514 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3515 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 3516 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 3517 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 3518 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_lifetime) 3519 << var->getType(); 3520 return true; 3521 } 3522 } 3523 3524 return false; 3525} 3526 3527NamedDecl* 3528Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3529 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3530 LookupResult &Previous, 3531 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3532 bool &Redeclaration) { 3533 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3534 3535 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3536 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3537 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3538 3539 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3540 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3541 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3542 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3543 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3544 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3545 // an error here 3546 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3547 D.setInvalidType(); 3548 SC = SC_None; 3549 } 3550 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3551 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3552 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3553 3554 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3555 if (!II) { 3556 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3557 << Name.getAsString(); 3558 return 0; 3559 } 3560 3561 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3562 3563 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3564 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3565 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3566 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3567 3568 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3569 // is a GNU extension. 3570 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3571 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3572 else 3573 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3574 D.setInvalidType(); 3575 } 3576 } 3577 3578 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3579 VarDecl *NewVD; 3580 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3581 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3582 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3583 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3584 3585 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3586 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3587 } else { 3588 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3589 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3590 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3591 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3592 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3593 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3594 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3595 SC = SC_Static; 3596 } 3597 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3598 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3599 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3600 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3601 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3602 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3603 3604 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3605 // the program is ill-formed. 3606 // 3607 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3608 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3609 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3610 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3611 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3612 } 3613 } 3614 3615 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3616 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3617 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3618 bool Invalid = false; 3619 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3620 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3621 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3622 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3623 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3624 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3625 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3626 /*never a friend*/ false, 3627 isExplicitSpecialization, 3628 Invalid)) { 3629 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3630 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3631 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3632 << II 3633 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3634 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3635 return 0; 3636 } else { 3637 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3638 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3639 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3640 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3641 << II 3642 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3643 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3644 } 3645 } 3646 3647 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3648 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3649 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3650 3651 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3652 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3653 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3654 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3655 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3656 3657 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3658 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3659 3660 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3661 3662 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3663 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3664 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3665 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3666 } 3667 } 3668 3669 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3670 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3671 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3672 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 3673 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3674 else 3675 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3676 } 3677 3678 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3679 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3680 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3681 3682 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3683 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3684 3685 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 3686 // retainable type. 3687 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 3688 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3689 3690 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3691 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3692 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3693 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3694 llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3695 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3696 switch (SC) { 3697 case SC_None: 3698 case SC_Auto: 3699 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3700 break; 3701 case SC_Register: 3702 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3703 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3704 break; 3705 case SC_Static: 3706 case SC_Extern: 3707 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3708 break; 3709 } 3710 } 3711 3712 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3713 Context, Label)); 3714 } 3715 3716 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3717 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3718 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3719 3720 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3721 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3722 // declaration has linkage). 3723 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 3724 isExplicitSpecialization); 3725 3726 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3727 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3728 else { 3729 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3730 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3731 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3732 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3733 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3734 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3735 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3736 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3737 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3738 Previous.clear(); 3739 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3740 } 3741 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3742 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3743 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3744 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3745 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3746 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3747 } 3748 3749 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3750 3751 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3752 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3753 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3754 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3755 } 3756 3757 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3758 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3759 // here. 3760 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3761 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3762 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3763 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3764 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3765 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3766 } 3767 } 3768 3769 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3770 // such variables. 3771 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3772 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3773 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3774 3775 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3776 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3777 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3778 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3779 3780 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3781 3782 return NewVD; 3783} 3784 3785/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3786/// -Wshadow. 3787/// 3788/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3789/// scope. 3790/// 3791/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3792/// \param R the lookup of the name 3793/// 3794void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3795 // Return if warning is ignored. 3796 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3797 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3798 return; 3799 3800 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3801 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 3802 return; 3803 3804 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3805 3806 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3807 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3808 return; 3809 3810 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3811 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3812 return; 3813 3814 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3815 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3816 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3817 if (MD->isStatic()) 3818 return; 3819 3820 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3821 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3822 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3823 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3824 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3825 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3826 I != E; ++I) 3827 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 3828 ShadowedDecl = *I; 3829 break; 3830 } 3831 } 3832 3833 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3834 3835 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3836 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3837 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3838 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3839 return; 3840 3841 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3842 // static data members from base classes? 3843 3844 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3845 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3846 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3847 } 3848 3849 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3850 unsigned Kind; 3851 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3852 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3853 Kind = 3; // field 3854 else 3855 Kind = 2; // static data member 3856 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3857 Kind = 1; // global 3858 else 3859 Kind = 0; // local 3860 3861 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3862 3863 // Emit warning and note. 3864 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3865 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3866} 3867 3868/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3869void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3870 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3871 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3872 return; 3873 3874 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3875 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3876 LookupName(R, S); 3877 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3878} 3879 3880/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3881/// declaration. 3882/// 3883/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3884/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3885/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3886/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3887/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3888/// 3889/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3890void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3891 LookupResult &Previous, 3892 bool &Redeclaration) { 3893 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3894 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3895 return; 3896 3897 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3898 3899 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3900 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3901 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3902 } 3903 3904 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3905 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3906 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3907 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3908 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3909 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3910 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3911 } 3912 3913 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3914 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3915 if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) 3916 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 3917 else 3918 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3919 } 3920 3921 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3922 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3923 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3924 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3925 3926 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3927 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3928 bool SizeIsNegative; 3929 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3930 QualType FixedTy = 3931 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3932 Oversized); 3933 3934 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3935 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3936 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3937 // int a[10][n]; 3938 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3939 3940 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3941 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3942 << SizeRange; 3943 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3944 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3945 << SizeRange; 3946 else 3947 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3948 << SizeRange; 3949 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3950 } 3951 3952 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3953 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3954 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3955 else 3956 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3957 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3958 } 3959 3960 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3961 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3962 } 3963 3964 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3965 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3966 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3967 // declaration with the same name. 3968 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3969 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3970 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3971 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3972 } 3973 3974 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3975 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3976 << T; 3977 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3978 } 3979 3980 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3981 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3982 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3983 } 3984 3985 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3986 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3987 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3988 } 3989 3990 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3991 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3992 QualType Pointee; 3993 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3994 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3995 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3996 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3997 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3998 PtrOrRef = 1; 3999 } 4000 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 4001 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 4002 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 4003 << PtrOrRef; 4004 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4005 } 4006 4007 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4008 Redeclaration = true; 4009 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4010 } 4011} 4012 4013/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4014struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4015 Sema *S; 4016 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4017}; 4018 4019/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4020/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4021/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4022static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4023 CXXBasePath &Path, 4024 void *UserData) { 4025 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4026 4027 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4028 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4029 4030 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4031 4032 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4033 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4034 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4035 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4036 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4037 4038 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4039 } 4040 4041 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4042 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4043 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4044 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4045 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4046 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4047 return true; 4048 } 4049 } 4050 4051 return false; 4052} 4053 4054/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4055/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4056bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4057 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4058 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4059 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4060 Data.Method = MD; 4061 Data.S = this; 4062 bool AddedAny = false; 4063 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4064 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4065 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4066 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4067 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4068 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4069 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4070 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4071 AddedAny = true; 4072 } 4073 } 4074 } 4075 } 4076 4077 return AddedAny; 4078} 4079 4080static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 4081 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 4082 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4083 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 4084 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4085 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4086 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4087 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4088 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 4089 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 4090 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4091 } 4092} 4093 4094NamedDecl* 4095Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4096 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4097 LookupResult &Previous, 4098 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4099 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 4100 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 4101 4102 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4103 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4104 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4105 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 4106 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4107 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 4108 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4109 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4110 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4111 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4112 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4113 D.setInvalidType(); 4114 break; 4115 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 4116 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 4117 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4118 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4119 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4120 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4121 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4122 // other than extern 4123 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4124 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4125 diag::err_static_block_func); 4126 SC = SC_None; 4127 } else 4128 SC = SC_Static; 4129 break; 4130 } 4131 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 4132 } 4133 4134 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4135 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4136 4137 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4138 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4139 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4140 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4141 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4142 D.setInvalidType(); 4143 } 4144 4145 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 4146 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4147 bool isFriend = false; 4148 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4149 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4150 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4151 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4152 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4153 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4154 4155 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4156 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4157 // prototype. This true when: 4158 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4159 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4160 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4161 bool HasPrototype = 4162 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4163 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4164 4165 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4166 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4167 HasPrototype); 4168 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4169 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4170 4171 // Set the lexical context. 4172 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4173 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4174 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4175 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4176 } else { 4177 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4178 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4179 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4180 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4181 4182 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4183 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4184 // the class has been completely parsed. 4185 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4186 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4187 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4188 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4189 AbstractReturnType)) 4190 D.setInvalidType(); 4191 4192 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4193 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4194 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4195 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4196 4197 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4198 4199 // Create the new declaration 4200 CXXConstructorDecl *NewCD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 4201 Context, 4202 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4203 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4204 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4205 isExplicit, isInline, 4206 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4207 4208 NewFD = NewCD; 4209 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4210 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4211 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4212 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4213 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4214 4215 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, Record, 4216 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4217 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4218 isInline, 4219 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4220 NewFD = NewDD; 4221 isVirtualOkay = true; 4222 4223 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 4224 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 4225 // it yet. 4226 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 4227 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 4228 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 4229 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 4230 } 4231 4232 } else { 4233 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4234 4235 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4236 // code path. 4237 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4238 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4239 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4240 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 4241 D.setInvalidType(); 4242 } 4243 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4244 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4245 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4246 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4247 return 0; 4248 } 4249 4250 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4251 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4252 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4253 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4254 isInline, isExplicit, 4255 SourceLocation()); 4256 4257 isVirtualOkay = true; 4258 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4259 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 4260 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4261 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4262 // constructor if it has no return type). 4263 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 4264 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4265 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4266 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4267 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4268 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4269 return 0; 4270 } 4271 4272 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4273 4274 // [class.free]p1: 4275 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4276 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4277 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4278 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4279 isStatic = true; 4280 4281 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4282 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4283 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4284 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4285 isStatic = true; 4286 4287 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4288 CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 4289 Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4290 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4291 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4292 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4293 SourceLocation()); 4294 NewFD = NewMD; 4295 4296 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4297 } else { 4298 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4299 // prototype. This true when: 4300 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4301 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4302 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4303 true/*HasPrototype*/); 4304 } 4305 4306 if (isFriend && !isInline && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4307 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4308 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4309 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4310 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4311 } 4312 4313 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4314 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4315 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4316 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4317 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4318 4319 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4320 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4321 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4322 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4323 4324 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4325 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4326 bool Invalid = false; 4327 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4328 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4329 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4330 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4331 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4332 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4333 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4334 isFriend, 4335 isExplicitSpecialization, 4336 Invalid)) { 4337 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4338 // This is a function template 4339 4340 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4341 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4342 return 0; 4343 4344 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4345 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4346 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4347 return 0; 4348 } 4349 4350 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4351 NewFD->getLocation(), 4352 Name, TemplateParams, 4353 NewFD); 4354 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4355 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4356 4357 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 4358 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 4359 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4360 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 4361 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4362 } 4363 } else { 4364 // This is a function template specialization. 4365 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4366 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4367 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4368 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4369 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4370 4371 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 4372 if (isFriend) { 4373 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 4374 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 4375 4376 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 4377 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 4378 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 4379 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 4380 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 4381 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 4382 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4383 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4384 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 4385 } 4386 4387 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 4388 << Name << RemoveRange 4389 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 4390 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 4391 } 4392 } 4393 } 4394 else { 4395 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 4396 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 4397 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 4398 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4399 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4400 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4401 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4402 } 4403 4404 if (Invalid) { 4405 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4406 if (FunctionTemplate) 4407 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4408 } 4409 4410 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 4411 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 4412 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 4413 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 4414 // 4415 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4416 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 4417 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4418 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4419 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4420 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 4421 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4422 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 4423 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4424 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4425 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 4426 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 4427 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4428 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 4429 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4430 } else { 4431 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 4432 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 4433 } 4434 } 4435 4436 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 4437 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 4438 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4439 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4440 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 4441 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4442 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 4443 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 4444 } 4445 } 4446 4447 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 4448 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 4449 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 4450 // and 12.3.2. 4451 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4452 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4453 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 4454 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4455 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 4456 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4457 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 4458 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4459 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 4460 // or conversion function. 4461 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4462 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 4463 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4464 } 4465 } 4466 4467 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4468 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4469 isExplicitSpecialization || 4470 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 4471 4472 if (isFriend) { 4473 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 4474 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4475 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4476 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 4477 } 4478 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4479 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4480 } 4481 4482 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4483 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 4484 // definition. 4485 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4486 } 4487 4488 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 4489 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4490 // C++ [class.static]p1: 4491 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 4492 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 4493 // the class. 4494 4495 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 4496 // member function definition. 4497 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4498 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4499 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4500 } 4501 } 4502 4503 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4504 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 4505 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4506 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4507 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 4508 SE->getString())); 4509 } 4510 4511 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 4512 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 4513 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 4514 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 4515 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 4516 4517 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 4518 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 4519 // single void argument. 4520 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 4521 // already checks for that case. 4522 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 4523 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 4524 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 4525 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 4526 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 4527 4528 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 4529 // typedef of void is not permitted. 4530 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4531 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 4532 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 4533 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 4534 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 4535 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 4536 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 4537 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 4538 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 4539 << IsTypeAlias; 4540 } 4541 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 4542 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 4543 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 4544 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 4545 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 4546 Params.push_back(Param); 4547 4548 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 4549 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4550 } 4551 } 4552 4553 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4554 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 4555 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 4556 // parameters for use in the declaration. 4557 // 4558 // @code 4559 // typedef void fn(int); 4560 // fn f; 4561 // @endcode 4562 4563 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 4564 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 4565 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 4566 ParmVarDecl *Param = 4567 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 4568 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 4569 Params.push_back(Param); 4570 } 4571 } else { 4572 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 4573 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 4574 } 4575 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 4576 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 4577 4578 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 4579 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4580 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 4581 4582 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4583 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4584 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 4585 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4586 Redeclaration); 4587 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4588 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4589 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4590 } else { 4591 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 4592 // argument list into our AST format. 4593 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4594 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 4595 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4596 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 4597 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 4598 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4599 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 4600 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 4601 TemplateId->NumArgs); 4602 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 4603 TemplateArgs); 4604 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 4605 4606 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4607 4608 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4609 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4610 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 4611 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 4612 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 4613 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4614 4615 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4616 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4617 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4618 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 4619 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 4620 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 4621 // too few of them). 4622 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 4623 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 4624 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 4625 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4626 "template<> "); 4627 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4628 } else { 4629 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 4630 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4631 } 4632 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4633 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 4634 // wrote something like: 4635 // template <> friend void foo(int); 4636 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 4637 // friend void foo<>(int); 4638 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 4639 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4640 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4641 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4642 } 4643 4644 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 4645 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 4646 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 4647 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 4648 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 4649 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 4650 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 4651 "friend function specialization without template args"); 4652 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 4653 Previous)) 4654 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4655 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4656 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 4657 && !isFriend) { 4658 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 4659 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4660 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4661 return 0; 4662 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4663 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4664 Previous)) 4665 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4666 4667 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4668 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 4669 // specialization (14.7.3) 4670 if (SC != SC_None) { 4671 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 4672 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4673 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 4674 << SC 4675 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 4676 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4677 4678 else 4679 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4680 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 4681 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 4682 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4683 } 4684 4685 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4686 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4687 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4688 } 4689 4690 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4691 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4692 Redeclaration); 4693 4694 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4695 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4696 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4697 4698 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 4699 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 4700 : NewFD); 4701 4702 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 4703 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 4704 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4705 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 4706 4707 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 4708 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 4709 4710 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 4711 } 4712 4713 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 4714 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 4715 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 4716 4717 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 4718 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 4719 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4720 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4721 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4722 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 4723 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 4724 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 4725 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 4726 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 4727 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4728 DC && DC->isRecord() && 4729 DC->isDependentContext()) 4730 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 4731 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 4732 } 4733 4734 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4735 // Ignore all the rest of this. 4736 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 4737 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 4738 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 4739 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4740 4741 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 4742 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4743 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 4744 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 4745 4746 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 4747 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 4748 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 4749 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 4750 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 4751 // can actually do this check immediately. 4752 if (isFriend && 4753 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 4754 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 4755 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 4756 // ignore these 4757 } else { 4758 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 4759 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 4760 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 4761 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 4762 // 4763 // class X { 4764 // void f() const; 4765 // }; 4766 // 4767 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4768 // 4769 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4770 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4771 // whether the parameter types are references). 4772 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4773 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4774 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4775 4776 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4777 } 4778 4779 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4780 // to something. 4781 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4782 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4783 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4784 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4785 } 4786 4787 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4788 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4789 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4790 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4791 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4792 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4793 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4794 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4795 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4796 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4797 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4798 } 4799 } 4800 4801 4802 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4803 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4804 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4805 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4806 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4807 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 4808 4809 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4810 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4811 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4812 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4813 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4814 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4815 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4816 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4817 } 4818 } 4819 4820 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4821 4822 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4823 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4824 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4825 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4826 << NewFD; 4827 4828 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4829 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4830 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4831 EPI.Variadic = true; 4832 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4833 4834 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4835 NewFD->setType(R); 4836 } 4837 4838 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4839 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4840 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4841 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4842 4843 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4844 // map of such names. 4845 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4846 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4847 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4848 4849 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4850 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4851 4852 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4853 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4854 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4855 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4856 return FunctionTemplate; 4857 } 4858 } 4859 4860 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4861 4862 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 4863 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 4864 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 4865 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4866 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 4867 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 4868 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 4869 4870 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 4871 } 4872 } 4873 4874 return NewFD; 4875} 4876 4877/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4878/// 4879/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4880/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4881/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4882/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4883/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4884/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4885/// via InstantiateDecl). 4886/// 4887/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4888/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4889/// 4890/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4891void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4892 LookupResult &Previous, 4893 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4894 bool &Redeclaration) { 4895 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4896 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4897 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4898 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4899 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4900 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4901 4902 return; 4903 } 4904 4905 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4906 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4907 // because all functions have linkage. 4908 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4909 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4910 } 4911 4912 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4913 CheckMain(NewFD); 4914 4915 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4916 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4917 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4918 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4919 // declaration with the same name. 4920 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4921 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4922 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4923 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4924 } 4925 4926 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4927 // the same name, if appropriate. 4928 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4929 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4930 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4931 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4932 // function to the scope. 4933 4934 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4935 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4936 Redeclaration = true; 4937 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4938 } else { 4939 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4940 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4941 case Ovl_Match: 4942 Redeclaration = true; 4943 break; 4944 4945 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4946 Redeclaration = true; 4947 break; 4948 4949 case Ovl_Overload: 4950 Redeclaration = false; 4951 break; 4952 } 4953 4954 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4955 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4956 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4957 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4958 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4959 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 4960 if (Redeclaration) 4961 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 4962 else if (!Previous.empty()) 4963 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 4964 if (OverloadedDecl) 4965 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 4966 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4967 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 4968 Context)); 4969 } 4970 } 4971 4972 if (Redeclaration) { 4973 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4974 // merged. 4975 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4976 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4977 4978 Previous.clear(); 4979 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4980 4981 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4982 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4983 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4984 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4985 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4986 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4987 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4988 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4989 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4990 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4991 } 4992 4993 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4994 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4995 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4996 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4997 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4998 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4999 } 5000 } else { 5001 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 5002 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 5003 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 5004 } 5005 } 5006 } 5007 5008 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 5009 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5010 // C++-specific checks. 5011 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5012 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 5013 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 5014 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5015 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 5016 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5017 5018 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 5019 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 5020 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 5021 DeclarationName Name 5022 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5023 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 5024 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 5025 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 5026 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5027 } 5028 } 5029 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 5030 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5031 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 5032 } 5033 5034 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 5035 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5036 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 5037 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5038 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 5039 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 5040 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5041 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 5042 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5043 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 5044 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 5045 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 5046 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 5047 ++Overridden) { 5048 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 5049 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5050 } 5051 } 5052 } 5053 } 5054 } 5055 5056 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 5057 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 5058 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 5059 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5060 5061 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 5062 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 5063 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 5064 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5065 5066 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 5067 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 5068 // during delayed parsing anyway. 5069 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 5070 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 5071 5072 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 5073 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 5074 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 5075 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 5076 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 5077 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 5078 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 5079 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 5080 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 5081 } 5082 } 5083 } 5084} 5085 5086void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 5087 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 5088 // or static is ill-formed. 5089 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 5090 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 5091 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 5092 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 5093 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 5094 if (isInline || isStatic) { 5095 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 5096 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 5097 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 5098 5099 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 5100 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 5101 } 5102 5103 QualType T = FD->getType(); 5104 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 5105 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5106 5107 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 5108 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 5109 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5110 } 5111 5112 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 5113 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 5114 5115 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 5116 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 5117 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 5118 5119 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 5120 5121 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 5122 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 5123 // getting shifty. 5124 if (nparams == 4 && Context.Target.getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 5125 HasExtraParameters = false; 5126 5127 if (HasExtraParameters) { 5128 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 5129 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5130 nparams = 3; 5131 } 5132 5133 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 5134 // if we had some location information about types. 5135 5136 QualType CharPP = 5137 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 5138 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 5139 5140 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 5141 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 5142 5143 bool mismatch = true; 5144 5145 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 5146 mismatch = false; 5147 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 5148 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 5149 // char const ** 5150 // char const * const * 5151 // char * const * 5152 5153 QualifierCollector qs; 5154 const PointerType* PT; 5155 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5156 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5157 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 5158 qs.removeConst(); 5159 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 5160 } 5161 } 5162 5163 if (mismatch) { 5164 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 5165 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 5166 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5167 } 5168 } 5169 5170 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5171 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 5172 } 5173 5174 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5175 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 5176 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5177 } 5178} 5179 5180bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 5181 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 5182 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 5183 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 5184 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 5185 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 5186 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 5187 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 5188 // rules there don't matter.) 5189 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 5190 return false; 5191 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 5192 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5193 return true; 5194} 5195 5196namespace { 5197 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 5198 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 5199 class SelfReferenceChecker 5200 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 5201 Sema &S; 5202 Decl *OrigDecl; 5203 5204 public: 5205 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 5206 5207 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 5208 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { } 5209 5210 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 5211 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 5212 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 5213 } 5214 5215 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5216 CheckForSelfReference(E); 5217 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 5218 } 5219 5220 void CheckForSelfReference(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5221 if (E->getCastKind() != CK_LValueToRValue) return; 5222 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5223 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr); 5224 if (!DRE) return; 5225 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 5226 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 5227 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 5228 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 5229 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(SubExpr->getLocStart(), SubExpr, 5230 S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 5231 << Result.getLookupName() 5232 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 5233 << SubExpr->getSourceRange()); 5234 } 5235 }; 5236} 5237 5238/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 5239/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 5240/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 5241void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 5242 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5243 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 5244 // the initializer. 5245 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5246 return; 5247 5248 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 5249 if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5250 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 5251 // by a dataflow analysis. 5252 if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal()) 5253 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5254 } 5255 else { 5256 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5257 } 5258 5259 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5260 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 5261 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 5262 // Thus this grotesque test. 5263 IntegerLiteral *IL; 5264 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 5265 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 5266 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 5267 else { 5268 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 5269 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 5270 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 5271 } 5272 return; 5273 } 5274 5275 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 5276 if (!VDecl) { 5277 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 5278 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 5279 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5280 return; 5281 } 5282 5283 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 5284 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 5285 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 5286 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType)) 5287 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 5288 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 5289 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5290 if (!DeducedType) { 5291 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5292 return; 5293 } 5294 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 5295 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 5296 5297 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 5298 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 5299 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5300 5301 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 5302 // the previously declared type. 5303 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 5304 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 5305 } 5306 5307 5308 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 5309 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 5310 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 5311 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 5312 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 5313 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 5314 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 5315 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5316 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5317 return; 5318 } 5319 5320 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5321 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 5322 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5323 AbstractVariableType)) 5324 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5325 5326 const VarDecl *Def; 5327 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 5328 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 5329 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5330 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5331 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5332 return; 5333 } 5334 5335 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 5336 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5337 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 5338 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 5339 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 5340 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 5341 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 5342 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 5343 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 5344 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 5345 // 5346 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 5347 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 5348 // declaration with an initializer. 5349 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 5350 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5351 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5352 return; 5353 } 5354 5355 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5356 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5357 5358 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 5359 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5360 return; 5361 } 5362 } 5363 5364 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 5365 // initialization. 5366 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 5367 5368 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 5369 InitializationKind Kind 5370 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 5371 Init->getLocStart(), 5372 Init->getLocEnd()) 5373 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 5374 Init->getLocStart()); 5375 5376 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 5377 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 5378 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 5379 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 5380 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 5381 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 5382 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5383 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5384 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5385 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5386 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5387 &DclT); 5388 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5389 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5390 return; 5391 } 5392 5393 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5394 5395 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5396 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5397 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5398 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 5399 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5400 } 5401 } 5402 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 5403 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 5404 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 5405 // 5406 // struct S { 5407 // static const int value = 17; 5408 // }; 5409 5410 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 5411 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5412 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5413 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5414 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5415 &DclT); 5416 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5417 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5418 return; 5419 } 5420 5421 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5422 } 5423 5424 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 5425 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 5426 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 5427 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 5428 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 5429 5430 // Do nothing on dependent types. 5431 if (T->isDependentType()) { 5432 5433 // Require constness. 5434 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 5435 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 5436 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5437 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5438 5439 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 5440 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 5441 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 5442 SourceLocation Loc; 5443 if (Init->isValueDependent()) 5444 ; // Nothing to check. 5445 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 5446 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 5447 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 5448 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 5449 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 5450 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5451 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5452 } else { 5453 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 5454 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 5455 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5456 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5457 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5458 } 5459 5460 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 5461 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 5462 // implement fully. 5463 } else { 5464 bool Allowed = false; 5465 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 5466 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 5467 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 5468 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 5469 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5470 Allowed = true; 5471 } 5472 5473 if (!Allowed) { 5474 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 5475 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5476 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5477 5478 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 5479 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 5480 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 5481 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5482 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5483 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5484 } 5485 } 5486 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 5487 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 5488 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 5489 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 5490 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 5491 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5492 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5493 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5494 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5495 &DclT); 5496 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5497 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5498 return; 5499 } 5500 5501 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5502 } 5503 5504 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5505 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5506 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5507 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 5508 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5509 } 5510 } 5511 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 5512 // completed by the initializer. For example: 5513 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 5514 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 5515 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 5516 VDecl->setType(DclT); 5517 Init->setType(DclT); 5518 } 5519 5520 5521 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 5522 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 5523 // global/static definition. 5524 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5525 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 5526 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5527 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 5528 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 5529 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 5530 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 5531 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 5532 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 5533 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 5534 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 5535 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 5536 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5537 } 5538 } 5539 } 5540 5541 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 5542 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 5543 5544 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5545 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 5546 5547 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 5548 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 5549 VDecl->setInit(Init); 5550 5551 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 5552} 5553 5554/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 5555/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 5556/// of sanity. 5557void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 5558 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 5559 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 5560 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5561 5562 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5563 if (!VD) return; 5564 5565 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 5566 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 5567 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5568 return; 5569 } 5570 5571 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 5572 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 5573 5574 // Require a complete type. 5575 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 5576 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 5577 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5578 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5579 return; 5580 } 5581 5582 // Require an abstract type. 5583 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 5584 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5585 AbstractVariableType)) { 5586 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5587 return; 5588 } 5589 5590 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 5591 // though. 5592} 5593 5594void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 5595 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5596 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 5597 if (RealDecl == 0) 5598 return; 5599 5600 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5601 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 5602 5603 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 5604 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 5605 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 5606 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 5607 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5608 return; 5609 } 5610 5611 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5612 case VarDecl::Definition: 5613 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 5614 break; 5615 5616 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 5617 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 5618 // a declaration. 5619 // 5620 // Fall through 5621 5622 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 5623 // It's only a declaration. 5624 5625 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 5626 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 5627 // object shall be complete. 5628 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 5629 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5630 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5631 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 5632 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5633 5634 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 5635 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5636 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5637 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5638 AbstractVariableType)) 5639 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5640 return; 5641 5642 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 5643 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 5644 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 5645 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 5646 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 5647 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 5648 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 5649 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 5650 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 5651 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5652 ArrayT->getElementType(), 5653 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 5654 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5655 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5656 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 5657 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 5658 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 5659 // NOTE: code such as the following 5660 // static struct s; 5661 // struct s { int a; }; 5662 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 5663 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 5664 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 5665 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 5666 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5667 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 5668 } 5669 } 5670 5671 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 5672 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5673 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 5674 return; 5675 } 5676 5677 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5678 // definitions with incomplete array type. 5679 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 5680 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 5681 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 5682 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5683 return; 5684 } 5685 5686 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5687 // definitions with reference type. 5688 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 5689 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 5690 << Var->getDeclName() 5691 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 5692 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5693 return; 5694 } 5695 5696 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 5697 // variable with dependent type. 5698 if (Type->isDependentType()) 5699 return; 5700 5701 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5702 return; 5703 5704 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5705 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 5706 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5707 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5708 return; 5709 } 5710 5711 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5712 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5713 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5714 AbstractVariableType)) { 5715 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5716 return; 5717 } 5718 5719 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 5720 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 5721 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 5722 // C++0x [stmt.dcl]p3 5723 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 5724 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 5725 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 5726 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 5727 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 5728 // types and is declared without an initializer. 5729 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 5730 if (const RecordType *Record 5731 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5732 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 5733 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !CXXRecord->isPOD()) || 5734 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 5735 (!CXXRecord->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() || 5736 !CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()))) 5737 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5738 } 5739 } 5740 5741 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 5742 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 5743 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 5744 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 5745 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 5746 // type shall have a user-declared default 5747 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 5748 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 5749 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 5750 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 5751 // program is ill-formed. 5752 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 5753 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 5754 // default-initialized; [...]. 5755 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 5756 InitializationKind Kind 5757 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 5758 5759 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 5760 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5761 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 5762 if (Init.isInvalid()) 5763 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5764 else if (Init.get()) 5765 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 5766 5767 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 5768 } 5769} 5770 5771void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 5772 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5773 if (!VD) { 5774 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 5775 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5776 return; 5777 } 5778 5779 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 5780 5781 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 5782 int Error = -1; 5783 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 5784 case SC_None: 5785 break; 5786 case SC_Extern: 5787 Error = 0; 5788 break; 5789 case SC_Static: 5790 Error = 1; 5791 break; 5792 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5793 Error = 2; 5794 break; 5795 case SC_Auto: 5796 Error = 3; 5797 break; 5798 case SC_Register: 5799 Error = 4; 5800 break; 5801 } 5802 // FIXME: constexpr isn't allowed here. 5803 //if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 5804 // Error = 5; 5805 if (Error != -1) { 5806 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 5807 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 5808 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5809 } 5810} 5811 5812void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 5813 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5814 5815 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 5816 // local retaining variable. 5817 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5818 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 5819 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 5820 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 5821 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 5822 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 5823 break; 5824 5825 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 5826 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 5827 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5828 break; 5829 } 5830 } 5831 5832 // All the following checks are C++ only. 5833 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 5834 5835 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 5836 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 5837 5838 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 5839 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5840 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 5841 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 5842 5843 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 5844 // constructing this copy. 5845 QualType type = var->getType(); 5846 5847 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5848 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 5849 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 5850 ExprResult result = 5851 PerformCopyInitialization( 5852 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 5853 poi, Owned(varRef)); 5854 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 5855 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 5856 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5857 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 5858 } 5859 } 5860 } 5861 5862 // Check for global constructors. 5863 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 5864 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 5865 !var->isStaticLocal() && 5866 var->getInit() && 5867 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 5868 baseType->isReferenceType())) 5869 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 5870 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5871 5872 // Require the destructor. 5873 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 5874 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 5875} 5876 5877/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 5878/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 5879void 5880Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 5881 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 5882 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 5883} 5884 5885Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5886Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 5887 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 5888 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 5889 5890 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 5891 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 5892 5893 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 5894 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 5895 Decls.push_back(D); 5896 5897 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 5898 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 5899} 5900 5901/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 5902/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 5903Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5904Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 5905 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5906 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 5907 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 5908 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 5909 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 5910 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 5911 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 5912 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 5913 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 5914 QualType Deduced; 5915 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 5916 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 5917 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 5918 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 5919 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 5920 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 5921 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 5922 break; 5923 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 5924 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 5925 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 5926 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 5927 Deduced = U; 5928 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 5929 DeducedDecl = D; 5930 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 5931 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 5932 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 5933 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 5934 << U << D->getDeclName() 5935 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 5936 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5937 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5938 break; 5939 } 5940 } 5941 } 5942 } 5943 } 5944 5945 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 5946} 5947 5948 5949/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 5950/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 5951Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5952 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 5953 5954 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 5955 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 5956 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 5957 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 5958 StorageClass = SC_Register; 5959 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 5960 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 5961 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5962 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 5963 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 5964 } 5965 5966 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5967 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5968 5969 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 5970 5971 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 5972 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 5973 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 5974 5975 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5976 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 5977 // parameter. 5978 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5979 5980 if (OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 5981 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 5982 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 5983 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 5984 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 5985 } 5986 5987 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5988 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5989 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 5990 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5991 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 5992 } 5993 } 5994 5995 // Ensure we have a valid name 5996 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 5997 if (D.hasName()) { 5998 II = D.getIdentifier(); 5999 if (!II) { 6000 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 6001 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 6002 D.setInvalidType(true); 6003 } 6004 } 6005 6006 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 6007 if (II) { 6008 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 6009 ForRedeclaration); 6010 LookupName(R, S); 6011 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 6012 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6013 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6014 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6015 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6016 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6017 PrevDecl = 0; 6018 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 6019 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 6020 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6021 6022 // Recover by removing the name 6023 II = 0; 6024 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6025 D.setInvalidType(true); 6026 } 6027 } 6028 } 6029 6030 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 6031 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 6032 // looking like class members in C++. 6033 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6034 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6035 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6036 parmDeclType, TInfo, 6037 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 6038 6039 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6040 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6041 6042 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 6043 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 6044 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 6045 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 6046 6047 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 6048 S->AddDecl(New); 6049 if (II) 6050 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 6051 6052 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 6053 6054 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6055 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6056 } 6057 return New; 6058} 6059 6060/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 6061/// typedef. 6062ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 6063 SourceLocation Loc, 6064 QualType T) { 6065 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 6066 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 6067 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 6068 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 6069 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 6070 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 6071 Param->setImplicit(); 6072 return Param; 6073} 6074 6075void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6076 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 6077 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 6078 // will already have done so in the template itself. 6079 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 6080 return; 6081 6082 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6083 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 6084 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 6085 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 6086 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 6087 } 6088 } 6089} 6090 6091void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6092 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 6093 QualType ReturnTy, 6094 NamedDecl *D) { 6095 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 6096 return; 6097 6098 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6099 // threshold. 6100 if (ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 6101 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 6102 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6103 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 6104 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 6105 } 6106 6107 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6108 // threshold. 6109 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6110 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 6111 if (!T.isPODType(Context)) 6112 continue; 6113 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 6114 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6115 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 6116 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 6117 } 6118} 6119 6120ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 6121 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 6122 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6123 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 6124 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 6125 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 6126 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6127 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 6128 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 6129 6130 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 6131 6132 // Special cases for arrays: 6133 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 6134 // - otherwise, it's an error 6135 if (T->isArrayType()) { 6136 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6137 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_lifetime) 6138 << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 6139 } 6140 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 6141 } else { 6142 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 6143 } 6144 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 6145 } 6146 6147 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 6148 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 6149 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 6150 0); 6151 6152 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 6153 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6154 // the class has been completely parsed. 6155 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 6156 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6157 AbstractParamType)) 6158 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6159 6160 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 6161 // passed by reference. 6162 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6163 Diag(NameLoc, 6164 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 6165 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6166 } 6167 6168 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 6169 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 6170 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 6171 // an address space. 6172 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6173 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 6174 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6175 } 6176 6177 return New; 6178} 6179 6180void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 6181 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 6182 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6183 6184 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 6185 // for a K&R function. 6186 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 6187 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 6188 --i; 6189 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 6190 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 6191 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 6192 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 6193 << ";\n"; 6194 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 6195 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 6196 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 6197 6198 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 6199 // type. 6200 AttributeFactory attrs; 6201 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 6202 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 6203 unsigned DiagID; // unused 6204 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 6205 PrevSpec, DiagID); 6206 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 6207 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 6208 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 6209 } 6210 } 6211 } 6212} 6213 6214Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 6215 Declarator &D) { 6216 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 6217 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 6218 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 6219 6220 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 6221 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 6222 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 6223 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 6224} 6225 6226static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6227 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 6228 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6229 return false; 6230 6231 // Or declarations that aren't global. 6232 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 6233 return false; 6234 6235 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 6236 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 6237 return false; 6238 6239 // Don't warn about 'main'. 6240 if (FD->isMain()) 6241 return false; 6242 6243 // Don't warn about inline functions. 6244 if (FD->isInlined()) 6245 return false; 6246 6247 // Don't warn about function templates. 6248 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 6249 return false; 6250 6251 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 6252 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6253 return false; 6254 6255 bool MissingPrototype = true; 6256 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 6257 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 6258 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 6259 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 6260 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6261 continue; 6262 6263 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 6264 break; 6265 } 6266 6267 return MissingPrototype; 6268} 6269 6270void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6271 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 6272 // was an extern inline function. 6273 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 6274 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 6275 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 6276 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 6277 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 6278 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 6279 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 6280 else 6281 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 6282 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6283 } 6284} 6285 6286Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 6287 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 6288 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 6289 6290 if (!D) 6291 return D; 6292 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6293 6294 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 6295 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6296 else 6297 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 6298 6299 // Enter a new function scope 6300 PushFunctionScope(); 6301 6302 // See if this is a redefinition. 6303 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 6304 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 6305 6306 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 6307 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6308 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 6309 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 6310 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6311 } 6312 } 6313 6314 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 6315 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 6316 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 6317 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 6318 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 6319 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 6320 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 6321 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6322 6323 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 6324 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 6325 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 6326 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 6327 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 6328 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 6329 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 6330 6331 if (FnBodyScope) 6332 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 6333 6334 // Check the validity of our function parameters 6335 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6336 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 6337 6338 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 6339 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 6340 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 6341 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 6342 6343 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6344 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 6345 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 6346 6347 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 6348 } 6349 } 6350 6351 // Checking attributes of current function definition 6352 // dllimport attribute. 6353 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6354 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 6355 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 6356 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 6357 if (!DA->isInherited() && 6358 !(LangOpts.Microsoft && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 6359 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6360 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 6361 << "dllimport"; 6362 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6363 return FD; 6364 } 6365 6366 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 6367 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 6368 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 6369 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 6370 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 6371 // emitted. 6372 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6373 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6374 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 6375 } 6376 } 6377 return FD; 6378} 6379 6380/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 6381/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 6382/// optimization. 6383/// 6384/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 6385/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 6386/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 6387/// use the named return value optimization. 6388/// 6389/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 6390/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 6391/// the NRVO variable. 6392/// 6393/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 6394/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 6395/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 6396static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 6397 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 6398 6399 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 6400 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 6401 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6402 return; 6403 6404 if (!NRVOCandidate) 6405 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 6406 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6407 return; 6408 } 6409 6410 if (NRVOCandidate) 6411 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 6412} 6413 6414Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 6415 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 6416} 6417 6418Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 6419 bool IsInstantiation) { 6420 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6421 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 6422 if (FunTmpl) 6423 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6424 else 6425 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 6426 6427 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 6428 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 6429 6430 if (FD) { 6431 FD->setBody(Body); 6432 if (FD->isMain()) { 6433 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 6434 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6435 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6436 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 6437 } 6438 6439 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 6440 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 6441 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && FD->isPure()) 6442 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 6443 6444 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6445 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 6446 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6447 FD->getResultType(), FD); 6448 6449 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 6450 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 6451 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 6452 6453 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 6454 } 6455 6456 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 6457 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 6458 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 6459 MD->setBody(Body); 6460 if (Body) 6461 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 6462 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6463 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 6464 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 6465 MD->getResultType(), MD); 6466 } 6467 } else { 6468 return 0; 6469 } 6470 6471 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 6472 if (Body) { 6473 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 6474 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 6475 // Verify this. 6476 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 6477 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 6478 6479 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6480 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6481 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 6482 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 6483 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) 6484 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 6485 6486 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 6487 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 6488 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 6489 6490 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 6491 Destructor->getParent()); 6492 } 6493 6494 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6495 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6496 // deletion in some later function. 6497 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 6498 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 6499 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6500 ExprNeedsCleanups = false; 6501 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 6502 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 6503 // enabled. 6504 ActivePolicy = &WP; 6505 } 6506 6507 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 6508 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 6509 } 6510 6511 if (!IsInstantiation) 6512 PopDeclContext(); 6513 6514 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 6515 6516 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6517 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6518 // deletion in some later function. 6519 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 6520 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6521 ExprNeedsCleanups = false; 6522 } 6523 6524 return dcl; 6525} 6526 6527/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 6528/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 6529NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 6530 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 6531 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 6532 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 6533 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 6534 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 6535 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6536 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 6537 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 6538 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 6539 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6540 return Pos->second; 6541 } 6542 6543 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 6544 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 6545 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 6546 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 6547 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6548 else 6549 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6550 6551 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 6552 const char *Dummy; 6553 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 6554 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 6555 unsigned DiagID; 6556 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 6557 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 6558 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 6559 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 6560 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 6561 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 6562 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 6563 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 6564 DS.getAttributes(), 6565 SourceLocation()); 6566 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 6567 6568 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 6569 6570 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 6571 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6572 6573 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 6574 FD->setImplicit(); 6575 6576 CurContext = PrevDC; 6577 6578 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 6579 6580 return FD; 6581} 6582 6583/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 6584/// the declaration of this function. 6585/// 6586/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 6587/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 6588/// like NSLog or printf. 6589/// 6590/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 6591/// attributes are applied to declarations. 6592void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6593 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6594 return; 6595 6596 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 6597 // actual attributes. 6598 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6599 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 6600 unsigned FormatIdx; 6601 bool HasVAListArg; 6602 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 6603 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6604 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6605 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 6606 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6607 } 6608 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 6609 HasVAListArg)) { 6610 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6611 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6612 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 6613 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6614 } 6615 6616 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 6617 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 6618 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 6619 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 6620 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 6621 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6622 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6623 } 6624 6625 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 6626 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6627 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6628 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6629 } 6630 6631 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 6632 if (!Name) 6633 return; 6634 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6635 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 6636 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 6637 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 6638 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 6639 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 6640 // about. 6641 } else 6642 return; 6643 6644 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 6645 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 6646 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 6647 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 6648 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 6649 } else 6650 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6651 "printf", 1, 6652 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 6653 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 6654 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 6655 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 6656 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6657 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6658 "printf", 2, 6659 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 6660 } 6661} 6662 6663TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 6664 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 6665 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 6666 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 6667 6668 if (!TInfo) { 6669 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 6670 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 6671 } 6672 6673 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 6674 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 6675 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6676 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6677 D.getIdentifier(), 6678 TInfo); 6679 6680 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 6681 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 6682 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 6683 return NewTD; 6684 } 6685 6686 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 6687 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 6688 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 6689 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 6690 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 6691 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 6692 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 6693 case TST_enum: 6694 case TST_struct: 6695 case TST_union: 6696 case TST_class: { 6697 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 6698 6699 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 6700 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 6701 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 6702 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 6703 6704 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 6705 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 6706 6707 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 6708 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 6709 break; 6710 6711 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 6712 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 6713 break; 6714 } 6715 6716 default: 6717 break; 6718 } 6719 6720 return NewTD; 6721} 6722 6723 6724/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 6725/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 6726/// 6727/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 6728bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 6729 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 6730 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 6731 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 6732 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 6733 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 6734 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 6735 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 6736 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 6737 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 6738 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 6739 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 6740 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 6741 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 6742 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 6743 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 6744 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 6745 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 6746 if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct)) 6747 if (OldTag == NewTag) 6748 return true; 6749 6750 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 6751 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 6752 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 6753 bool isTemplate = false; 6754 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 6755 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 6756 6757 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 6758 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 6759 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 6760 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 6761 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 6762 return true; 6763 } 6764 6765 if (isDefinition) { 6766 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 6767 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 6768 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 6769 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 6770 return true; 6771 } 6772 6773 bool previousMismatch = false; 6774 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 6775 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 6776 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 6777 if (!previousMismatch) { 6778 previousMismatch = true; 6779 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 6780 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 6781 } 6782 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 6783 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 6784 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 6785 NewTag == TTK_Class? 6786 "class" : "struct"); 6787 } 6788 } 6789 return true; 6790 } 6791 6792 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 6793 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 6794 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 6795 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 6796 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 6797 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 6798 return true; 6799 } 6800 6801 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 6802 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 6803 << isTemplate << &Name; 6804 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6805 6806 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 6807 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 6808 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 6809 << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class) 6810 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 6811 Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 6812 } 6813 6814 return true; 6815 } 6816 return false; 6817} 6818 6819/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 6820/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 6821/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 6822/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 6823Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 6824 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6825 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 6826 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 6827 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 6828 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 6829 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 6830 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 6831 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 6832 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 6833 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 6834 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 6835 6836 OwnedDecl = false; 6837 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 6838 6839 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 6840 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6841 bool Invalid = false; 6842 6843 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 6844 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 6845 // for non-C++ cases. 6846 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 6847 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 6848 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 6849 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 6850 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 6851 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 6852 TUK == TUK_Friend, 6853 isExplicitSpecialization, 6854 Invalid)) { 6855 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6856 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 6857 // be a member of another template). 6858 6859 if (Invalid) 6860 return 0; 6861 6862 OwnedDecl = false; 6863 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 6864 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 6865 TemplateParams, AS, 6866 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 6867 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6868 return Result.get(); 6869 } else { 6870 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 6871 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 6872 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 6873 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 6874 } 6875 } 6876 } 6877 6878 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 6879 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 6880 // redeclaration. 6881 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 6882 6883 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6884 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 6885 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 6886 // type, default to int. 6887 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6888 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 6889 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 6890 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 6891 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 6892 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 6893 EnumUnderlying = TI; 6894 6895 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6896 6897 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 6898 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 6899 << T; 6900 // Recover by falling back to int. 6901 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6902 } 6903 6904 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 6905 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 6906 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6907 6908 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6909 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 6910 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6911 } 6912 6913 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 6914 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 6915 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 6916 6917 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 6918 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 6919 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 6920 6921 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 6922 6923 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6924 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 6925 6926 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 6927 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 6928 Name = 0; 6929 goto CreateNewDecl; 6930 } 6931 6932 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 6933 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 6934 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6935 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 6936 if (!DC) { 6937 IsDependent = true; 6938 return 0; 6939 } 6940 } else { 6941 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 6942 if (!DC) { 6943 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 6944 << SS.getRange(); 6945 return 0; 6946 } 6947 } 6948 6949 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 6950 return 0; 6951 6952 SearchDC = DC; 6953 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 6954 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 6955 6956 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6957 return 0; 6958 6959 if (Previous.empty()) { 6960 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 6961 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 6962 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 6963 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 6964 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 6965 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 6966 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 6967 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6968 IsDependent = true; 6969 return 0; 6970 } 6971 6972 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 6973 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 6974 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 6975 Name = 0; 6976 Invalid = true; 6977 goto CreateNewDecl; 6978 } 6979 } else if (Name) { 6980 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 6981 // declaration or definition. 6982 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 6983 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 6984 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 6985 LookupName(Previous, S); 6986 6987 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 6988 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 6989 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 6990 while (F.hasNext()) { 6991 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 6992 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 6993 F.erase(); 6994 } 6995 F.done(); 6996 } 6997 6998 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 6999 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 7000 return 0; 7001 7002 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 7003 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 7004 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 7005 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 7006 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 7007 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 7008 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7009 } 7010 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 7011 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 7012 // initial context to the translation unit. 7013 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7014 } 7015 7016 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 7017 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 7018 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7019 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7020 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7021 Previous.clear(); 7022 } 7023 7024 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 7025 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 7026 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 7027 isStdBadAlloc = true; 7028 7029 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 7030 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 7031 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 7032 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 7033 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 7034 } 7035 } 7036 7037 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 7038 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 7039 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 7040 // there's a shadow friend decl. 7041 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 7042 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7043 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 7044 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 7045 7046 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7047 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 7048 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 7049 // 7050 // class-key identifier 7051 // 7052 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 7053 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 7054 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 7055 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 7056 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 7057 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 7058 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 7059 // declaration. 7060 // 7061 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 7062 // C structs and unions. 7063 // 7064 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 7065 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 7066 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 7067 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 7068 // 7069 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 7070 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 7071 // 7072 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 7073 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 7074 // lexical context, 7075 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 7076 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7077 7078 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 7079 while (S->isClassScope() || 7080 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7081 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 7082 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 7083 (S->getEntity() && 7084 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 7085 S = S->getParent(); 7086 } else { 7087 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 7088 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 7089 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 7090 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 7091 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 7092 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 7093 } 7094 7095 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 7096 // diagnose some problems. 7097 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7098 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 7099 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 7100 } 7101 } 7102 7103 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7104 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 7105 7106 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 7107 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 7108 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 7109 // in C++. 7110 // 7111 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 7112 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 7113 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 7114 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 7115 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7116 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7117 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 7118 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 7119 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 7120 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 7121 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 7122 PrevDecl = Tag; 7123 Previous.clear(); 7124 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 7125 Previous.resolveKind(); 7126 } 7127 } 7128 } 7129 } 7130 7131 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7132 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 7133 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 7134 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 7135 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 7136 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7137 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 7138 // struct or something similar. 7139 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 7140 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 7141 *Name)) { 7142 bool SafeToContinue 7143 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 7144 Kind != TTK_Enum); 7145 if (SafeToContinue) 7146 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 7147 << Name 7148 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 7149 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 7150 else 7151 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 7152 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7153 7154 if (SafeToContinue) 7155 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 7156 else { 7157 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 7158 Name = 0; 7159 Previous.clear(); 7160 Invalid = true; 7161 } 7162 } 7163 7164 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 7165 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 7166 7167 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 7168 // returning the previous declaration. 7169 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 7170 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 7171 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 7172 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7173 return PrevTagDecl; 7174 } 7175 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7176 QualType T; 7177 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7178 T = TI->getType(); 7179 else 7180 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 7181 7182 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 7183 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 7184 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 7185 << T 7186 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 7187 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7188 return PrevTagDecl; 7189 } 7190 } 7191 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7192 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 7193 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 7194 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7195 return PrevTagDecl; 7196 } 7197 } 7198 7199 if (!Invalid) { 7200 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 7201 7202 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 7203 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 7204 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 7205 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 7206 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 7207 getLangOptions().Microsoft)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 7208 return PrevTagDecl; 7209 7210 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 7211 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 7212 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 7213 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 7214 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 7215 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 7216 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 7217 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 7218 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7219 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 7220 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 7221 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7222 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 7223 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 7224 // references get the previous definition. 7225 Name = 0; 7226 Previous.clear(); 7227 Invalid = true; 7228 } 7229 } else { 7230 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 7231 // about a nested redefinition. 7232 const TagType *Tag 7233 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 7234 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 7235 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 7236 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 7237 diag::note_previous_definition); 7238 Name = 0; 7239 Previous.clear(); 7240 Invalid = true; 7241 } 7242 } 7243 7244 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 7245 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 7246 } 7247 } 7248 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 7249 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 7250 7251 } else { 7252 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 7253 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 7254 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 7255 // have distinct types. 7256 Previous.clear(); 7257 } 7258 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 7259 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 7260 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 7261 7262 7263 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 7264 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 7265 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 7266 } else { 7267 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 7268 7269 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 7270 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 7271 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 7272 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 7273 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 7274 unsigned Kind = 0; 7275 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7276 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7277 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7278 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 7279 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 7280 Invalid = true; 7281 7282 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 7283 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 7284 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7285 // do nothing 7286 7287 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 7288 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7289 unsigned Kind = 0; 7290 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7291 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7292 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7293 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 7294 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7295 Invalid = true; 7296 7297 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 7298 // case here. 7299 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7300 unsigned Kind = 0; 7301 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7302 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 7303 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 7304 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7305 Invalid = true; 7306 7307 // Otherwise, diagnose. 7308 } else { 7309 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 7310 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 7311 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 7312 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7313 Name = 0; 7314 Invalid = true; 7315 } 7316 7317 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 7318 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 7319 Previous.clear(); 7320 } 7321 } 7322 7323CreateNewDecl: 7324 7325 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 7326 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 7327 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7328 7329 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 7330 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 7331 // keyword. 7332 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 7333 7334 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 7335 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 7336 // PrevDecl. 7337 TagDecl *New; 7338 7339 bool IsForwardReference = false; 7340 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7341 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7342 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 7343 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7344 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 7345 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 7346 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 7347 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 7348 TagDecl *Def; 7349 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 7350 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 7351 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 7352 } 7353 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 7354 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 7355 << New; 7356 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7357 } else { 7358 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 7359 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 7360 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 7361 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7362 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 7363 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 7364 7365 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 7366 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 7367 // the declaration context. 7368 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 7369 IsForwardReference = true; 7370 } 7371 } 7372 7373 if (EnumUnderlying) { 7374 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 7375 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7376 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 7377 else 7378 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 7379 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 7380 } 7381 7382 } else { 7383 // struct/union/class 7384 7385 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7386 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 7387 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7388 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 7389 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7390 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7391 7392 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 7393 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 7394 } else 7395 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7396 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7397 } 7398 7399 // Maybe add qualifier info. 7400 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7401 if (SS.isSet()) { 7402 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 7403 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 7404 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7405 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7406 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7407 } 7408 } 7409 else 7410 Invalid = true; 7411 } 7412 7413 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 7414 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 7415 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 7416 // 7417 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 7418 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 7419 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 7420 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 7421 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 7422 // parsing of the struct). 7423 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 7424 7425 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 7426 } 7427 7428 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 7429 // check the specialization. 7430 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 7431 Invalid = true; 7432 7433 if (Invalid) 7434 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7435 7436 if (Attr) 7437 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7438 7439 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 7440 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 7441 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7442 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 7443 7444 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 7445 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 7446 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7447 7448 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 7449 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 7450 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 7451 // the tag name visible. 7452 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 7453 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 7454 getLangOptions().Microsoft); 7455 7456 // Set the access specifier. 7457 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 7458 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 7459 7460 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 7461 New->startDefinition(); 7462 7463 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7464 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7465 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 7466 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 7467 if (PrevDecl) 7468 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 7469 7470 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7471 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7472 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 7473 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 7474 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 7475 } else if (Name) { 7476 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7477 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 7478 if (IsForwardReference) 7479 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7480 7481 } else { 7482 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7483 } 7484 7485 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 7486 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 7487 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 7488 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7489 II->isStr("FILE")) 7490 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 7491 7492 OwnedDecl = true; 7493 return New; 7494} 7495 7496void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7497 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7498 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7499 7500 // Enter the tag context. 7501 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 7502} 7503 7504void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7505 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 7506 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 7507 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7508 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 7509 7510 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 7511 7512 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 7513 return; 7514 7515 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 7516 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 7517 7518 // C++ [class]p2: 7519 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 7520 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 7521 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 7522 // as if it were a public member name. 7523 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 7524 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 7525 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 7526 Record->getIdentifier(), 7527 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 7528 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 7529 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 7530 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 7531 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 7532 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 7533 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 7534 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 7535 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 7536 "Broken injected-class-name"); 7537} 7538 7539void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7540 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 7541 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7542 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7543 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 7544 7545 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 7546 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 7547 7548 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 7549 PopDeclContext(); 7550 7551 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 7552 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 7553} 7554 7555void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7556 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7557 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7558 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 7559 7560 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 7561 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 7562 // the FieldCollector. 7563 7564 PopDeclContext(); 7565} 7566 7567// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 7568bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7569 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 7570 bool *ZeroWidth) { 7571 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 7572 if (ZeroWidth) 7573 *ZeroWidth = true; 7574 7575 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 7576 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 7577 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7578 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 7579 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 7580 return true; 7581 if (FieldName) 7582 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 7583 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7584 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 7585 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7586 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 7587 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 7588 return true; 7589 7590 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 7591 // it now. 7592 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 7593 return false; 7594 7595 llvm::APSInt Value; 7596 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 7597 return true; 7598 7599 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 7600 *ZeroWidth = false; 7601 7602 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 7603 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 7604 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 7605 7606 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 7607 if (FieldName) 7608 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7609 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 7610 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7611 << Value.toString(10); 7612 } 7613 7614 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 7615 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 7616 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 7617 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7618 if (FieldName) 7619 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7620 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7621 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7622 7623 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7624 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7625 } 7626 7627 if (FieldName) 7628 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7629 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7630 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7631 else 7632 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7633 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7634 } 7635 } 7636 7637 return false; 7638} 7639 7640/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 7641/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 7642Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 7643 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 7644 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 7645 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 7646 /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public); 7647 return Res; 7648} 7649 7650/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 7651/// 7652FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 7653 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7654 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 7655 AccessSpecifier AS) { 7656 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7657 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7658 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7659 7660 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7661 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7662 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7663 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7664 7665 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 7666 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 7667 D.setInvalidType(); 7668 T = Context.IntTy; 7669 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 7670 } 7671 } 7672 7673 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7674 7675 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7676 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7677 7678 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 7679 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 7680 LookupName(Previous, S); 7681 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 7682 Previous.isSingleResult()) 7683 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 7684 7685 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 7686 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 7687 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 7688 7689 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7690 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7691 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7692 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7693 PrevDecl = 0; 7694 } 7695 7696 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 7697 PrevDecl = 0; 7698 7699 bool Mutable 7700 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 7701 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7702 FieldDecl *NewFD 7703 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit, 7704 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 7705 7706 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7707 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7708 7709 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 7710 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 7711 // with the same name in the same scope. 7712 } else if (II) { 7713 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 7714 } else 7715 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 7716 7717 return NewFD; 7718} 7719 7720/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 7721/// 7722/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 7723/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 7724/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 7725/// created. 7726/// 7727/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 7728/// 7729/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 7730FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 7731 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7732 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 7733 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 7734 SourceLocation TSSL, 7735 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 7736 Declarator *D) { 7737 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 7738 bool InvalidDecl = false; 7739 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 7740 7741 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 7742 // marking this declaration as invalid. 7743 if (T.isNull()) { 7744 InvalidDecl = true; 7745 T = Context.IntTy; 7746 } 7747 7748 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 7749 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 7750 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7751 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 7752 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7753 InvalidDecl = true; 7754 } 7755 7756 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7757 // than a variably modified type. 7758 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7759 bool SizeIsNegative; 7760 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7761 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 7762 SizeIsNegative, 7763 Oversized); 7764 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 7765 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7766 T = FixedTy; 7767 } else { 7768 if (SizeIsNegative) 7769 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 7770 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 7771 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 7772 << Oversized.toString(10); 7773 else 7774 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 7775 InvalidDecl = true; 7776 } 7777 } 7778 7779 // Fields can not have abstract class types 7780 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 7781 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7782 AbstractFieldType)) 7783 InvalidDecl = true; 7784 7785 bool ZeroWidth = false; 7786 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 7787 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 7788 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 7789 InvalidDecl = true; 7790 BitWidth = 0; 7791 ZeroWidth = false; 7792 } 7793 7794 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 7795 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 7796 unsigned DiagID = 0; 7797 if (T->isReferenceType()) 7798 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 7799 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 7800 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 7801 7802 if (DiagID) { 7803 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 7804 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 7805 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 7806 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 7807 Mutable = false; 7808 InvalidDecl = true; 7809 } 7810 } 7811 7812 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 7813 BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit); 7814 if (InvalidDecl) 7815 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7816 7817 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7818 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7819 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7820 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7821 } 7822 7823 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7824 if (Record->isUnion()) { 7825 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7826 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7827 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7828 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 7829 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 7830 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 7831 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 7832 // objects. 7833 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 7834 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7835 } 7836 } 7837 7838 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 7839 // the program is ill-formed. 7840 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 7841 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 7842 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 7843 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7844 } 7845 } 7846 } 7847 7848 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 7849 // representation, not a parser representation. 7850 if (D) 7851 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 7852 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 7853 7854 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 7855 // retainable type. 7856 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 7857 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7858 7859 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 7860 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 7861 7862 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 7863 return NewFD; 7864} 7865 7866bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 7867 assert(FD); 7868 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 7869 7870 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7871 return true; 7872 7873 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7874 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7875 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7876 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7877 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 7878 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 7879 // copy constructors. 7880 7881 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 7882 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 7883 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 7884 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 7885 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 7886 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 7887 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 7888 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 7889 member = CXXDestructor; 7890 7891 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 7892 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 7893 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 7894 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 7895 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 7896 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 7897 // members unavailable. 7898 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7899 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 7900 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 7901 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 7902 "this system field has retaining lifetime")); 7903 return false; 7904 } 7905 } 7906 7907 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 7908 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 7909 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 7910 return true; 7911 } 7912 } 7913 } 7914 7915 return false; 7916} 7917 7918/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 7919/// special member, figure out why. 7920void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 7921 QualType QT(T, 0U); 7922 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 7923 7924 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 7925 switch (member) { 7926 case CXXInvalid: 7927 break; 7928 7929 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 7930 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 7931 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 7932 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 7933 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 7934 ci->hasBody(body); 7935 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 7936 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 7937 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7938 return; 7939 } 7940 } 7941 7942 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 7943 return; 7944 } 7945 break; 7946 7947 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7948 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 7949 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 7950 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 7951 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7952 return; 7953 } 7954 break; 7955 7956 case CXXMoveConstructor: 7957 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 7958 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 7959 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7960 return; 7961 } 7962 break; 7963 7964 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7965 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 7966 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 7967 // assignment, not the type. 7968 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7969 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7970 return; 7971 } 7972 break; 7973 7974 case CXXMoveAssignment: 7975 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 7976 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 7977 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7978 return; 7979 } 7980 break; 7981 7982 case CXXDestructor: 7983 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 7984 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 7985 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7986 return; 7987 } 7988 break; 7989 } 7990 7991 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 7992 7993 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 7994 // but not trivial destruction. 7995 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 7996 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 7997 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 7998 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 7999 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 8000 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8001 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 8002 return; 8003 } 8004 8005 // Check for virtual methods. 8006 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 8007 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 8008 ++mi) { 8009 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 8010 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8011 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 8012 return; 8013 } 8014 } 8015 } 8016 8017 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 8018 switch (member) { 8019 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 8020 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 8021 case CXXCopyConstructor: 8022 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 8023 case CXXCopyAssignment: 8024 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 8025 case CXXDestructor: 8026 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 8027 default: 8028 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 8029 } 8030 8031 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 8032 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 8033 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 8034 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 8035 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 8036 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 8037 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8038 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 8039 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 8040 return; 8041 } 8042 } 8043 8044 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 8045 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 8046 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 8047 ++fi) { 8048 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 8049 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8050 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 8051 8052 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 8053 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 8054 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 8055 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 8056 return; 8057 } 8058 } 8059 8060 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8061 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 8062 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8063 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8064 break; 8065 8066 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8067 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8068 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8069 Diag((*fi)->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_lifetime) 8070 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 8071 return; 8072 } 8073 } 8074 } 8075 8076 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 8077} 8078 8079/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 8080/// AST enum value. 8081static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 8082TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 8083 switch (ivarVisibility) { 8084 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 8085 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 8086 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 8087 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 8088 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 8089 } 8090} 8091 8092/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 8093/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 8094Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 8095 SourceLocation DeclStart, 8096 Decl *IntfDecl, 8097 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 8098 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 8099 8100 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 8101 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 8102 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 8103 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 8104 8105 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 8106 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 8107 8108 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8109 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 8110 8111 if (BitWidth) { 8112 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 8113 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 8114 D.setInvalidType(); 8115 BitWidth = 0; 8116 } 8117 } else { 8118 // Not a bitfield. 8119 8120 // validate II. 8121 8122 } 8123 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 8124 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 8125 D.setInvalidType(); 8126 } 8127 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 8128 // than a variably modified type. 8129 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8130 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 8131 D.setInvalidType(); 8132 } 8133 8134 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 8135 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 8136 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 8137 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 8138 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 8139 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 8140 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 8141 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8142 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8143 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 8144 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 8145 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 8146 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 8147 } 8148 else 8149 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8150 } else { 8151 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8152 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8153 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 8154 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 8155 return 0; 8156 } 8157 } 8158 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8159 } 8160 8161 // Construct the decl. 8162 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 8163 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 8164 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 8165 8166 if (II) { 8167 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 8168 ForRedeclaration); 8169 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 8170 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8171 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 8172 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8173 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8174 } 8175 } 8176 8177 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 8178 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 8179 8180 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8181 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8182 8183 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 8184 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 8185 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8186 8187 if (II) { 8188 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 8189 // these to the interface. 8190 S->AddDecl(NewID); 8191 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 8192 } 8193 8194 return NewID; 8195} 8196 8197/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 8198/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 8199/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 8200/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 8201void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 8202 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 8203 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 8204 return; 8205 8206 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 8207 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 8208 8209 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 8210 return; 8211 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 8212 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 8213 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 8214 return; 8215 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 8216 if (!ID) { 8217 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8218 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 8219 return; 8220 } 8221 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 8222 else 8223 return; 8224 } 8225 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 8226 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 8227 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 8228 8229 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 8230 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 8231 Context.CharTy, 8232 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 8233 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 8234 true); 8235 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 8236} 8237 8238void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 8239 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 8240 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 8241 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 8242 AttributeList *Attr) { 8243 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 8244 8245 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 8246 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 8247 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8248 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 8249 return; 8250 } 8251 8252 8253 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 8254 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 8255 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 8256 8257 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 8258 bool ARCErrReported = false; 8259 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 8260 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 8261 8262 // Get the type for the field. 8263 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 8264 8265 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 8266 // Remember all fields written by the user. 8267 RecFields.push_back(FD); 8268 } 8269 8270 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 8271 // diagnostics about it. 8272 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8273 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8274 continue; 8275 } 8276 8277 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 8278 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 8279 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 8280 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 8281 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 8282 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 8283 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 8284 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 8285 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 8286 // array. 8287 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 8288 // Field declared as a function. 8289 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 8290 << FD->getDeclName(); 8291 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8292 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8293 continue; 8294 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 8295 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 8296 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 8297 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 8298 // Flexible array member. 8299 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 8300 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 8301 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 8302 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8303 if (Record->isUnion()) 8304 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 8305 << FD->getDeclName(); 8306 else if (NumFields == 1) 8307 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 8308 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8309 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8310 if (Record->isUnion()) 8311 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 8312 << FD->getDeclName(); 8313 else if (NumFields == 1) 8314 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 8315 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8316 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 8317 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 8318 << FD->getDeclName(); 8319 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8320 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8321 continue; 8322 } 8323 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 8324 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 8325 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 8326 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8327 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8328 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8329 continue; 8330 } 8331 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 8332 if (Record) 8333 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8334 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 8335 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 8336 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8337 // Incomplete type 8338 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8339 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8340 continue; 8341 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8342 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 8343 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 8344 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 8345 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8346 } else { 8347 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 8348 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 8349 // structures. 8350 if (i != NumFields-1) 8351 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 8352 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8353 else { 8354 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 8355 // other structs as an extension. 8356 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 8357 << FD->getDeclName(); 8358 if (Record) 8359 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8360 } 8361 } 8362 } 8363 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8364 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8365 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 8366 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 8367 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 8368 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8369 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8370 continue; 8371 } 8372 else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8373 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 8374 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 8375 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 8376 // so we just make the field unavailable. 8377 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 8378 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 8379 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8380 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 8381 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 8382 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 8383 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 8384 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 8385 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 8386 "this system field has retaining lifetime")); 8387 } 8388 } else { 8389 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct); 8390 } 8391 ARCErrReported = true; 8392 } 8393 } 8394 else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 8395 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 8396 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 8397 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8398 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 8399 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8400 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 8401 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8402 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 8403 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8404 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8405 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8406 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 8407 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8408 } 8409 } 8410 } 8411 // Keep track of the number of named members. 8412 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 8413 ++NumNamedMembers; 8414 } 8415 8416 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 8417 if (Record) { 8418 bool Completed = false; 8419 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 8420 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 8421 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 8422 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 8423 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 8424 I != E; ++I) 8425 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 8426 8427 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 8428 // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting: 8429 // If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer 8430 // type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its 8431 // default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment 8432 // operator, and destructor are non-trivial. 8433 // 8434 // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition(). 8435 // However, here we check whether this particular class is only 8436 // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member. 8437 // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled 8438 // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release. 8439 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8440 CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() && 8441 CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 8442 if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) { 8443 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8444 diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member) 8445 << CXXRecord; 8446 } else { 8447 // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location 8448 // for them is going to be tricky. 8449 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 8450 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8451 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8452 << CXXRecord << 0; 8453 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 8454 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8455 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8456 << CXXRecord << 1; 8457 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 8458 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8459 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8460 << CXXRecord << 2; 8461 } 8462 } 8463 8464 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 8465 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 8466 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 8467 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 8468 8469 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 8470 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 8471 8472 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 8473 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 8474 // problem now. 8475 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 8476 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 8477 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 8478 8479 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 8480 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 8481 M != MEnd; ++M) { 8482 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 8483 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 8484 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 8485 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 8486 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 8487 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 8488 continue; 8489 8490 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 8491 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 8492 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 8493 // program is ill-formed. 8494 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 8495 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 8496 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 8497 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 8498 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 8499 OM = SO->second.begin(), 8500 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 8501 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 8502 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 8503 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 8504 8505 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8506 } 8507 } 8508 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 8509 Completed = true; 8510 } 8511 } 8512 } 8513 } 8514 8515 if (!Completed) 8516 Record->completeDefinition(); 8517 8518 // Now that the record is complete, do any delayed exception spec checks 8519 // we were missing. 8520 while (!DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.empty()) { 8521 const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = 8522 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().first; 8523 if (Dtor->getParent() != Record) 8524 break; 8525 8526 assert(!Dtor->getParent()->isDependentType() && 8527 "Should not ever add destructors of templates into the list."); 8528 CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(Dtor, 8529 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().second); 8530 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.pop_back(); 8531 } 8532 8533 } else { 8534 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 8535 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 8536 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8537 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8538 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 8539 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8540 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 8541 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8542 } 8543 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 8544 // duplicates. 8545 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 8546 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 8547 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8548 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8549 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 8550 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 8551 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 8552 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 8553 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 8554 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 8555 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8556 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8557 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 8558 // reported as errors elsewhere. 8559 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 8560 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8561 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 8562 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8563 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 8564 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8565 } 8566 } 8567 } 8568 8569 if (Attr) 8570 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 8571 8572 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 8573 // set the visibility of this record. 8574 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 8575 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 8576} 8577 8578/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 8579/// the given type T. 8580static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 8581 llvm::APSInt &Value, 8582 QualType T) { 8583 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8584 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 8585 8586 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 8587 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 8588 --BitWidth; 8589 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 8590 } 8591 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 8592} 8593 8594// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 8595// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 8596static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 8597 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 8598 // enum checking below. 8599 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8600 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 8601 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8602 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 8603 }; 8604 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8605 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 8606 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 8607 }; 8608 8609 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 8610 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 8611 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 8612 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 8613 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 8614 return Types[I]; 8615 8616 return QualType(); 8617} 8618 8619EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 8620 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 8621 SourceLocation IdLoc, 8622 IdentifierInfo *Id, 8623 Expr *Val) { 8624 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8625 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 8626 QualType EltTy; 8627 8628 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 8629 Val = 0; 8630 8631 if (Val) { 8632 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 8633 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8634 else { 8635 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 8636 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 8637 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 8638 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 8639 Val = 0; 8640 } else { 8641 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8642 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 8643 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 8644 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 8645 // representable as an int. 8646 8647 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 8648 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 8649 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8650 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 8651 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 8652 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 8653 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 8654 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8655 } 8656 } 8657 8658 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8659 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8660 8661 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8662 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 8663 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 8664 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8665 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8666 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 8667 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8668 } else 8669 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 8670 << EltTy; 8671 } else 8672 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8673 } 8674 else { 8675 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8676 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8677 // is the type of its initializing value: 8678 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 8679 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 8680 EltTy = Val->getType(); 8681 } 8682 } 8683 } 8684 } 8685 8686 if (!Val) { 8687 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 8688 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8689 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 8690 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8691 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8692 // is the type of its initializing value: 8693 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 8694 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 8695 // 8696 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 8697 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 8698 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8699 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8700 } 8701 else { 8702 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 8703 } 8704 } else { 8705 // Assign the last value + 1. 8706 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8707 ++EnumVal; 8708 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 8709 8710 // Check for overflow on increment. 8711 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 8712 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8713 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8714 // is the type of its initializing value: 8715 // 8716 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 8717 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 8718 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 8719 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 8720 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 8721 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 8722 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 8723 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 8724 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 8725 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 8726 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8727 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 8728 ++EnumVal; 8729 if (Enum->isFixed()) 8730 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 8731 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 8732 << EnumVal.toString(10) 8733 << EltTy; 8734 else 8735 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 8736 << EnumVal.toString(10); 8737 } else { 8738 EltTy = T; 8739 } 8740 8741 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 8742 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 8743 // value, then increment. 8744 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8745 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 8746 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8747 ++EnumVal; 8748 8749 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 8750 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 8751 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 8752 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 8753 // integral type. 8754 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 8755 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 8756 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8757 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8758 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 8759 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8760 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 8761 } 8762 } 8763 } 8764 8765 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 8766 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 8767 // enumerator's type. 8768 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8769 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 8770 } 8771 8772 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 8773 Val, EnumVal); 8774} 8775 8776 8777Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 8778 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 8779 AttributeList *Attr, 8780 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 8781 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 8782 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 8783 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 8784 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 8785 8786 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 8787 // we find one that is. 8788 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8789 8790 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 8791 // scope. 8792 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 8793 ForRedeclaration); 8794 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8795 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8796 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 8797 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8798 PrevDecl = 0; 8799 } 8800 8801 if (PrevDecl) { 8802 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 8803 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 8804 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 8805 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 8806 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 8807 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8808 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 8809 else 8810 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 8811 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8812 return 0; 8813 } 8814 } 8815 8816 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 8817 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 8818 // name different from T: 8819 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 8820 // type 8821 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 8822 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 8823 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 8824 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 8825 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 8826 8827 EnumConstantDecl *New = 8828 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 8829 8830 if (New) { 8831 // Process attributes. 8832 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8833 8834 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 8835 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 8836 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 8837 } 8838 8839 return New; 8840} 8841 8842void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 8843 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 8844 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 8845 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 8846 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 8847 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 8848 8849 if (Attr) 8850 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 8851 8852 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 8853 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8854 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8855 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8856 if (!ECD) continue; 8857 8858 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8859 } 8860 8861 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 8862 return; 8863 } 8864 8865 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 8866 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 8867 // emit a warning. 8868 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8869 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 8870 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 8871 8872 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 8873 // reverse the list. 8874 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 8875 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 8876 8877 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 8878 bool AllElementsInt = true; 8879 8880 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8881 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8882 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8883 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8884 8885 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8886 8887 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 8888 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 8889 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 8890 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 8891 else 8892 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 8893 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 8894 8895 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 8896 if (AllElementsInt) 8897 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 8898 } 8899 8900 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 8901 QualType BestType; 8902 unsigned BestWidth; 8903 8904 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 8905 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 8906 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 8907 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 8908 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 8909 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 8910 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 8911 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 8912 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 8913 QualType BestPromotionType; 8914 8915 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 8916 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 8917 // enum definitions. 8918 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 8919 Packed = true; 8920 8921 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8922 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8923 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 8924 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 8925 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 8926 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8927 } 8928 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 8929 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 8930 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 8931 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8932 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 8933 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 8934 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8935 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 8936 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 8937 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 8938 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8939 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 8940 BestType = Context.IntTy; 8941 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8942 } else { 8943 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 8944 8945 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 8946 BestType = Context.LongTy; 8947 } else { 8948 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8949 8950 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 8951 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 8952 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 8953 } 8954 } 8955 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 8956 } else { 8957 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 8958 // all of the enumerator values. 8959 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8960 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 8961 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 8962 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8963 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8964 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 8965 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 8966 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8967 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8968 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 8969 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 8970 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8971 BestPromotionType 8972 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8973 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 8974 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 8975 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 8976 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 8977 BestPromotionType 8978 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8979 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 8980 } else { 8981 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8982 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 8983 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 8984 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 8985 BestPromotionType 8986 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8987 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 8988 } 8989 } 8990 8991 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 8992 // the type of the enum if needed. 8993 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8994 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8995 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8996 8997 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 8998 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 8999 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 9000 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 9001 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 9002 9003 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 9004 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 9005 9006 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 9007 // the enum decl type. 9008 QualType NewTy; 9009 unsigned NewWidth; 9010 bool NewSign; 9011 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 9012 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 9013 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 9014 NewWidth = IntWidth; 9015 NewSign = true; 9016 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 9017 // Already the right type! 9018 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9019 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9020 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9021 // enumeration. 9022 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9023 continue; 9024 } else { 9025 NewTy = BestType; 9026 NewWidth = BestWidth; 9027 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 9028 } 9029 9030 // Adjust the APSInt value. 9031 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 9032 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 9033 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 9034 9035 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 9036 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 9037 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 9038 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 9039 CK_IntegralCast, 9040 ECD->getInitExpr(), 9041 /*base paths*/ 0, 9042 VK_RValue)); 9043 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9044 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9045 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9046 // enumeration. 9047 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9048 else 9049 ECD->setType(NewTy); 9050 } 9051 9052 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 9053 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 9054} 9055 9056Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 9057 SourceLocation StartLoc, 9058 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 9059 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 9060 9061 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9062 AsmString, StartLoc, 9063 EndLoc); 9064 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9065 return New; 9066} 9067 9068void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9069 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9070 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 9071 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 9072 9073 if (PrevDecl) { 9074 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 9075 } else { 9076 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9077 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 9078 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 9079 } 9080} 9081 9082void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9083 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 9084 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9085 SourceLocation NameLoc, 9086 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 9087 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 9088 LookupOrdinaryName); 9089 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 9090 9091 if (PrevDecl) { 9092 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 9093 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 9094 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 9095 } else { 9096 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9097 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 9098 } 9099} 9100